UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

 

 

x

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005

 

 

OR

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM              TO             

Commission File No. 333-92383

CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware

 

06-1397316

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Incorporation or Organization)

 

Identification No.)

251 Ballardvale Street

 

01887

Wilmington, Massachusetts

 

(Zip Code)

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

 


(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code): (978) 658-6000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange
on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x  No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o  No x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x  No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer  x      Accelerated Filer  o      Non-accelerated Filer  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o  No x

On June 25, 2005, the aggregate market value of the Registrant’s voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $3,410,397,382.

As of March 1, 2006, there were outstanding 71,991,729 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held on May 9, 2006,  which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2005, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. With the exception of the portions of the 2006 Proxy Statement expressly incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference, such document shall not be deemed filed as part of this Form 10-K.

 




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item

 

 

 

Page

 

 

PART I

 

 

1

 

Business

 

1

1A

 

Risk Factors

 

13

1B

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

20

2

 

Properties

 

20

3

 

Legal Proceedings

 

20

4

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

20

 

 

Supplementary Item. Executive Officers of the Registrant pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401 (b) of Regulation S-K

 

21

 

 

PART II

 

 

5

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

23

6

 

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

25

7

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

26

7A

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

40

8

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

41

9

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

87

9A

 

Controls and Procedures

 

87

9B

 

Other Information

 

87

 

 

PART III

 

 

10

 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

87

11

 

Executive Compensation

 

88

12

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters

 

88

13

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

88

14

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

88

 

 

PART IV

 

 

15

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

89

 




PART I

Item 1.                        Business

General

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and the future results of Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. that are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts, and projections about the industries in which Charles River operates and the beliefs and assumptions of our management. Words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “target,” “goal,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “seek,” “estimate,” “will,” “likely,” “may,” “designed,” “would,” “future,” “can,” “could” and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and trends or which do not relate to historical matters are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current expectations and beliefs of Charles River and involve a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict. You should not rely on forward-looking statements because they are predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this document or in the case of statements incorporated by reference, on the date of the document incorporated by reference. Factors that might cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in this Form 10-K under the section entitled “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry.” Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, we undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason.

Corporate History

Charles River has been operating since 1947 and since then we have undergone several changes to our business structure. Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. was incorporated in 1994. In 2000, we completed the initial public offering of Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CRL “and is included in the Standard & Poor’s MidCap 400 Index. We are headquartered in Wilmington, Massachusetts. Our headquarters mailing address is 251 Ballardvale Street, Wilmington, MA 01887, and the telephone number at that location is (978) 658-6000. Our Internet site is www.criver.com. Material contained on our Internet site is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Form 10-K to “Charles River,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

This Form 10-K, as well as all other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, are available free of charge through the investor relations section of our Internet site as soon as practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. In addition, you may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

Overview

We are a leading global provider of solutions that advance the drug discovery and development process. We provide the animal research models required in research and development for new drugs, devices and therapies and have been in this business for more than 58 years. For over a decade, we have built upon our core competency of laboratory animal medicine and science (research model technologies)

1




to develop a diverse and growing portfolio of products and services. Our wide array of tools and services enables our customers to reduce costs, increase speed and enhance their productivity and effectiveness in drug discovery and development. Our customer base includes major pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device companies, as well as many government agencies, leading hospitals and academic institutions throughout the world. We currently operate over 100 facilities in 21 countries worldwide. Our products and services, supported by our global infrastructure and deep scientific expertise, enable our customers to meet many of the challenges of early-stage life sciences research, a large and growing market. In 2005, our net sales were $1.12 billion and our operating income was $181.0 million.

In October 2004, we acquired Inveresk Research Group, Inc. Prior to the acquisition, Inveresk was a publicly traded company and a leading provider of drug development services to companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. Through its preclinical and clinical business segments, it offered a broad range of drug development services, including preclinical safety and pharmacology evaluation services, laboratory sciences services and clinical development services. Much of our activities in 2005 has focused upon the integration of Inveresk, which has included unifying our products and services under the “Charles River” brand name and the harmonizing of best practices derived from the combination of the two companies.

The acquisition has broadened our portfolio of high-end products and services including general toxicology, specialty toxicology and clinical services. Overall the addition of Inveresk has impacted our Company dramatically, as follows:

·       significantly expanded our overall corporate size;

·       significantly increased the breadth of the products and services that we offer, including those that are highly complementary to the services Charles River had previously offered; and

·       expanded and strengthened our global footprint in the growing market for pharmaceutical research and development products and services, particularly in key markets such as the United States, Europe and Japan, which better aligns us with our key pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers, who are increasingly seeking to outsource more of their preclinical and clinical research and development efforts and are seeking full service, global partners.

As part of the integration of Inveresk’s business operations, in 2004 we changed our business reporting segments to better reflect our results of operations and facilitate understanding of our business, which has evolved since 1999 from a product-oriented focus to a service-oriented one. We currently have three reporting segments: Research Models and Services (RMS), Preclinical Services (which is a combination of Inveresk’s preclinical business with our legacy preclinical business), and Clinical Services.

Research Models and Services (RMS)

With over 150 different stocks and strains, we continue to maintain our position as the global leader in the production and sale of research models, principally genetically and virally defined purpose-bred rats and mice, and have been supplying research models since 1947. We also provide a variety of related services that are designed to assist our customers in supporting the use of research models in drug development. With 20 facilities on three continents (North America, Europe and Asia (Japan)), we maintain production centers, including approximately 160 barrier rooms, strategically located near our customers. In addition, we anticipate expanding our existing U.S. West Coast capacity with additional construction which will  partially open in the fourth quarter of 2006. In 2005, RMS accounted for 44.8% of total net sales  and approximately 35% of our employees, including more than 160 science professionals with advanced degrees.

Research Models.   A significant portion of this business is comprised of the commercial production and sale of animal research models, principally purpose-bred rats, mice and other rodents for use by

2




researchers. We provide our small animal models to numerous customers around the world, including most pharmaceutical companies, major biotechnology companies, many government agencies, and leading hospital and academic institutions. Our research models include genetically defined models and models with compromised immune systems, which are increasingly in demand as early-stage research tools. The United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA)  and foreign regulatory bodies typically require the safety and efficacy of new drug candidates and many medical devices to be tested on research models like ours prior to testing in humans. As a result, our research models are an essential part of the drug discovery and development process.

Our rats, mice and other rodent species have been and continue to be some of the most extensively used research models in the world, largely as a result of our continuous commitment to innovation and quality in the breeding process. Our research models are bred and maintained in controlled environments which are designed to ensure that the animals are free of specific viral and bacterial agents and other contaminants that can disrupt research operations and distort results. With our barrier room production capabilities, we are able to deliver consistently high quality research models worldwide.

Our small research models include:

·       outbred animals, which are genetically heterogeneous;

·       inbred animals, which are genetically identical;

·       hybrid animals, which are the offspring of two different inbred parents;

·       spontaneous mutant animals, which contain a naturally-occurring genetic mutation (such as immune deficiency); and

·       other genetically modified research models, including knock-out models with one or more disabled genes and transgenic animals, which contain genetic material transferred from a different species.

Since 2001, we have been offering new and proprietary, disease-specific rat models used to find new treatments for diseases such as diabetes, obesity, cardiovascular and kidney disease. We are presently focusing our disease model program on four areas of research: cardiovascular, metabolic, renal and oncology, which, in addition to providing overlapping disease modalities that support multiple uses of certain models, also will permit us to concentrate on focused sales and marketing efforts.

We believe that over the next several years, many new research models will be developed and used in biomedical research, such as transgenic models with modified genetic material, knock-out models with one or more disabled genes, and transgenic models that incorporate or exclude a particular gene. These more highly defined and characterized models will allow researchers to further focus their investigations into disease conditions and potential new therapies or interventions. We intend to build upon our position as a leader in this field to expand our presence in this market for higher-value research models.

In addition to our small research models, we also are a global leader in providing purpose-bred, high quality, SPF or disease free, large animal models to the biomedical research community, principally for use in their drug development and testing studies.

We also provide surgical services to our customers, utilizing over 50 full-time staff surgical technicians located in the United States, Europe and, commencing in 2006, Asia. This value-added service offering enhances the basic research model by allowing for repeated sample collection in the case of catheterized animals.

RMS also offers a variety of services, described below, designed to assist our customers in screening drug candidates faster, including those which are related to genetically defined research models for in-house research, as well as those services designed to implement efficacy screening protocols to improve the customer’s drug evaluation process. These services address the growing need among pharmaceutical and

3




biotechnology companies to outsource the non-core aspects of their drug discovery activities. These services capitalize on the technologies and relationships developed through our research model business. We currently offer three major categories of research models services—transgenic services, laboratory services, and preconditioning and surgical services. We also offer three other categories of products and services—consulting and staffing services, vaccine support and in vitro technology products.

Transgenic Services.   In this area of our business, we assist our customers in validating, maintaining, improving, breeding and testing research models purchased or created by them for biomedical research activities. While the creation of a transgenic model can be a critical scientific event, it is only the first step in the discovery process. Productive utilization of research models requires significant additional technical expertise. We provide transgenic breeding expertise, model characterization (including genotyping and phenotyping) and colony development, quarantine, embryo cryopreservation, embryo transfer and health and genetic monitoring. We provide these services to nearly 200 laboratories around the world from pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to hospitals and universities, and maintain more than 1,000 different types of naturally occurring or experimentally manipulated research models for our customers.

Laboratory Services.   We assist our customers in monitoring and analyzing the health and genetics of the research models used in their research protocols. We developed this capability internally by building upon the scientific foundation created by the diagnostic laboratory needs of our research model business. Depending upon a customer’s needs, we may serve as its sole-source testing laboratory, or as an alternative source supporting its internal laboratory capabilities. We believe that the continued growth in model development and characterization and utilization of specific disease models and genetically engineered models will drive our future growth as the reference laboratory of choice for health and genetic testing of laboratory animals.

Preconditioning and Surgical Services.   Augmenting our traditional model production and transgenic services described above, we believe there are emerging opportunities to provide customers with preconditioning services, which centers upon speeding the development process by preparing study-ready research models possessing necessary characteristics. Our veterinary medicine expertise makes us well positioned to create and monitor the research models for such studies, such as those focused upon obesity or hypertension. Additionally, models of subclinical disease can be created through surgical approaches, thereby providing a model for study that otherwise may not be commercially available.

Consulting and Staffing Services.   Building upon our core capability as the leading provider of high-quality research models, we manage animal care operations on behalf of government and academic organizations, as well as commercial customers. Demand for our services reflects the growing necessity of these large institutions to outsource internal functions or activities that are not critical to the core scientific innovation process or for which they do not maintain the necessary resources in-house. In addition, we believe that our expertise in animal care and facility operations enhances the productivity and quality of our customers’ animal care and use programs. This area leads to additional opportunities for us to provide other products and services to our customers.

Vaccine Support.   We are the global leader for the supply of specific pathogen-free, or SPF, chickens and fertile chicken eggs. SPF chicken embryos are used by animal health companies as self-contained “bioreactors” for the manufacture of live and inactivated viruses. These viruses are used as a raw material primarily in poultry, as well as human vaccine, applications. The production of SPF eggs is done under biosecure conditions, similar in many ways to our research model production. We have a worldwide presence that includes several SPF egg production facilities in the United States, as well as facilities in Germany and Australia, and a joint venture in Mexico. We also operate a specialized avian laboratory in the United States, which provides in-house testing and support services to our customers.

In Vitro Technology.   Our in vitro business provides non-animal, or in vitro, methods for lot release testing of medical devices and injectable drugs. We are committed to being the leader in providing our

4




customers with in vitro alternatives as these methods become scientifically validated and commercially feasible, and toward that goal we work with and support the European Center for Validation of Alternative Methods in these efforts. Our in vitro technology business produces and distributes endotoxin testing kits, reagents, software, accessories, instruments and associated services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for medical devices and other products worldwide. We are a market leader in endotoxin testing, which is used for quality control testing of injectable drugs and medical devices, their components and the processes by which they are manufactured. Quality control testing for endotoxin contamination is an FDA requirement for injectable drugs and medical devices. Endotoxin testing  uses a processed extract from the blood of the horseshoe crab, known as limulus amebocyte lysate (LAL). The LAL test is the first and only major FDA-validated in vitro alternative to an animal model test for endotoxin detection in pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturing. The process of extracting blood is generally not harmful to the crabs, which are subsequently returned to their natural ocean environment. Our Endosafe Portable Testing System (Endosafe® -PTS) is a portable endotoxin testing platform which allows endotoxin testing in the field, affording researchers accurate and timely results. We are currently pursuing FDA approval of our PTS system. We are also investigating expanding the use of the PTS system for endotoxin testing into other markets such as nuclear pharmacies, cell transplant, dentists/doctors offices, dialysis clinics, testing for sterile water and even environmental testing, as well as other ways to invest in the PTS platform, such as through additional biological assays.

Preclinical Services

Our customers are principally engaged in the discovery and development of new drugs, devices and therapies.  Discovery represents the earliest stages of research in the life sciences, directed to the identification, screening and selection of a lead compound for future drug development. Discovery activities typically last anywhere from 4-6 years in conventional pharmaceutical research and development timelines. Development activities, which follow, are directed at demonstrating the safety, tolerability and clinical efficacy of the selected drug candidates. During the preclinical stage of the development process, a drug candidate is tested in vitro (typically on a cellular or subcellular level in a test tube or multi-well petri plate) and in vivo (in research models) to support planned or on-going human trials. The development services portion of our preclinical business segment enables our customers to outsource their critical regulatory-required toxicology and drug disposition activities to us. The demand for these services is driven by preclinical development programs for the smaller biotechnology companies, which traditionally have been outsourced, and key safety studies by the larger multi-national pharmaceutical companies. Because of the necessary investments in personnel, facilities and other capital resources required in order to efficiently partake in these activities, we believe that participants in these industries will prefer to focus on their core competencies of innovation, early drug discovery, and in the case of the larger pharmaceutical companies, targeted sales and marketing, and thus we believe the demand for our preclinical service offerings will continue to increase.

We are one of the two largest providers of preclinical services worldwide and are considered by many of our clients as market leaders in the conduct and reporting of general and specialty toxicology studies, especially those dealing with innovative therapies and biologicals. We currently provide preclinical services at 12 facilities in the United States, Canada and Europe. With Inveresk, we acquired high-quality, full research capability laboratories in Montreal, Canada and Edinburgh, Scotland, and, by the end of 2006 we expect to have initial occupancy of a new facility in Massachusetts, followed in 2007 by a fourth full-capability research facility in Nevada.  Our Preclinical Services segment represented 43.5% of our total net sales in 2005 and employs over 4,000, or almost half, of our employees.

We currently offer preclinical services, in which we include both in vivo and in vitro studies, supportive laboratory services, and strategic preclinical consulting and program management to support product development from inception to market registration.

5




Toxicology.   Once a lead molecule is selected, the stage of preclinical development begins where appropriate toxicology studies are conducted to support initial clinical trials. We offer all the standard models for general toxicity testing in the species typically required for regulatory submissions, but we also have particular expertise in specialty routes of administration, modes of administration (e.g., infusion, intravitreal administration, and inhalation). This is important not only for pharmaceuticals, but also for safety testing of medical devices, industrial chemicals, food additives, agrochemicals, nutraceuticals and other materials. Toxicology is clearly one of our core competencies and strengths. We offer services to fully evaluate the genotoxicity, safety pharmacology, acute, subacute, chronic toxicity and carcinogenicity potential to support “first in man” to “first on the market” strategies. In support of larger scale, human clinical trials, we believe that we are a world leader in the conduct and assessment of reproductive and developmental toxicology studies. We also offer services in important specialty areas like immunotoxicology, photobiology, ocular, and dermal testing. We have worked with all major therapeutic areas, and provide study design and strategic advice to our clients based on our wealth of experience in drug development. We have a strong history of aiding our sponsors in reaching their regulatory or internal milestones for safety testing, including studies addressing stem cell therapies, DNA vaccines, recombinant proteins, standard small molecules and medical devices. Within the requirements for preclinical safety testing are compliance with Good Laboratory Practices (GLPs) as outlined by the FDA as well as other international regulatory bodies. Our toxicology facilities operate in compliance with GLP requirements and are regularly inspected by U.S. and other GLP compliance monitoring authorities, as well as, our own and our customers’ Quality Assurance departments.

Pathology Services.   In the drug development process, the ability to identify and characterize clinical and anatomic pathologic changes (within tissues and cells) is critical in determining the safety of a new compound. We employ highly trained pathologists who use state-of-the-art techniques to identify potential compound-related changes within tissues and cells, as well as, at the molecular level. Pathology support is critical for regulatory-driven safety studies, but also for specialized investigative studies, discovery support, and stand-alone immunohistochemistry evaluations for monoclonal antibodies. Key go/no-go decisions regarding continued product development are typically dependent on the characterization and evaluation of gross and microscopic pathology findings we perform for our clients.

Bioanalysis, Pharmacokinetics, and Drug Metabolism.   In support of preclinical drug safety testing, our customers are required to demonstrate ample drug exposure, stability in the collected sample, kinetics of their drug or compound in circulation, the presence of metabolites, and with recombinant proteins and peptides, the presence of anti-drug antibodies. We have scientific depth in the sophisticated analytical techniques required to satisfy these requirements for a number of drug classes (including oligonucleotide and inhibitory RNAs). In the event that the sample analysis for preclinical study support translates to opportunities to analyze clinical samples for the same drug once  human testing begins, we have opportunities to capture the benefits of bridging preclinical bioanalysis with later clinical development. Once the analysis is complete, our scientists evaluate the data to provide information on the kinetics (pharmaco-/toxico-) of the exposure to the drug, as well as complete evaluation of the distribution of the drug or metabolites by radio-labeled techniques. These studies are needed for the full preclinical assessment of the disposition of the drug and are used in the final preclinical safety evaluation of the compound.

6




Discovery Support.   At the earliest stages of lead compound identification, our scientists are engaged in evaluating the activity of drug candidates in several important therapeutic and support areas, including: oncology (through our tumor xenograft models); asthma (through our specialized animal disease models); bone disease (using our state of the art imaging and pathology capabilities); ophthalmology (using our models of neovascularization); general cardiovascular and device testing (using our surgical models); and early drug formulation and bioanalysis support and method development. We offer lead optimization strategies including early pharmacokinetic, metabolism, and toxicology support to help in early integrative drug selection criteria.

Biopharmaceutical Services.   We provide specialized, non-clinical quality control testing that is frequently outsourced by both pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. These services allow our customers to determine if their human protein drug candidates, or the processes for manufacturing those products, are essentially free of residual biological materials. The bulk of this testing work is required by the FDA in order to obtain new drug approval, to maintain an FDA-licensed manufacturing facility or to release approved products for use in patients. Our scientific staff consults with customers in the areas of process development, validation, manufacturing scale-up and biological testing.

Clinical Services

The clinical services business represents a relatively new market and growth opportunity for us that originated through our acquisition of the Phase I-IV business of Inveresk.  Our capabilities includes a premier Phase I clinic in Europe and an established international capability to manage Phase II-IV studies. Our clinical development business presently employs approximately 940 people and operates in 24 countries (from 17 facilities) located across North America, Europe, South America, Asia and Australia. In 2005, the Clinical Services segment accounted for approximately 11.6% of our total net sales. We are focused upon maintaining healthy profit margins in this segment through careful positioning of our clinical services including our core therapeutic areas of: cardiovascular, oncology, ophthalmology, respiratory and infectious diseases. From a strategic perspective we believe that our clinical services business is positioned to benefit from pull-through from our preclinical and laboratory services, particularly with our biotechnology customers.

Phase I Trials in Patients and Special Populations

We operate a  62-bed clinic in Edinburgh, Scotland, at which we conduct a wide range of Phase I clinical trials designed to move lead pharmaceutical candidates rapidly from preclinical development through Phase I tolerability assessment to explore human pharmacology. This facility is in close proximity to one of our laboratory sciences facilities, which is responsible for performing the analysis of biological samples generated by our Phase I clinic, facilitating fast response times. Our Phase I clinic, which focuses on “first-in-man” studies, is capable of conducting all types of studies and has experience across a wide range of therapeutic areas, including complex dose tolerance, radio-labeled, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and bioavailability studies. All of the clinic’s volunteers are evaluated through an intensive screening process to ensure study suitability. The facility has an established quality assurance unit that monitors the conduct and reporting of Phase I trials to assure management that these trials are conducted in compliance with appropriate regulatory requirements.

Phase II-IV Clinical Development and Regulatory Support

From our 14 offices worldwide and business operations in more than 20 countries, we manage every aspect of clinical trials from clinical development plans and protocol design to New Drug Applications (NDAs) and post-marketing surveillance. We provide a comprehensive range of services as either a full-service package or as individual stand-alone services. In addition to conducting single site studies in many parts of the world, we have a proven track record of managing large international multi-center trials

7




culminating in regulatory filings. We have supported studies in over 34 countries. Our clinical trials management services include:

·strategy development;

 

·  study design;

·investigator recruitment;

 

·  project management;

·quality assurance;

 

·  patient recruitment;

·study monitoring;

 

·  pharmacovigilance;

·clinical data management;

 

·  biostatistical analysis;

·medical research and consulting; and

 

·  post-marketing/Phase IV studies.

 

We also have significant expertise in conducting patient and other outcomes registries, such as pregnancy registries, on behalf of the pharmaceutical industry, as well as regulatory support. Before a product may be launched in any country, it must be approved by the regulatory agency in that particular country. We offer comprehensive global regulatory product registration services at all stages of development for pharmaceutical and biotechnology products and have particular expertise with the regulations in Europe and North America. Through this service, we assist our clients in determining the feasibility of developing a particular product or product line.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to be the premier global company for advancing the search for drugs, devices and therapies from discovery through market approval. The products and services which we provide our customers are essential  to the drug discovery and development process, and are almost universally mandated by law. Our business is primarily driven by the continued growth of research and development spending by pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies, the federal government and academic institutions and of outsourced services. According to a recent report by the Biomedical Industry Advisory Group, it takes 11 to 16 years and costs in the range of $180 million to $1.65 billion to bring a new drug to market. As the pressure to develop new drugs increases for these industries, so does the pressure to contain costs, implement research in multiple countries simultaneously and identify, hire and retain a breadth of experienced experts. In order to facilitate and speed their research, our pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers have increasingly strategically outsourced services which can be provided by high-quality service providers like Charles River. Outsourcing allows our customers to concentrate their resources on the basic drug discovery which only they can do, while continuing to advance their most promising products through the development pipeline. This creates opportunities for companies such as ours that can help speed the drug discovery and development process. Our strategy is to capitalize on these opportunities by continuing to build our portfolio of high end, value-added products and services through internal development, augmented by strategic “bolt-on” transactions.

In today’s business environment, we particularly believe there is an advantage in being a large, global, high-quality provider of services throughout the drug discovery and development process. Many of our customers, especially large pharmaceutical companies, are attracted to Tier 1 contract research organizations with a full breadth of capabilities, and establish preferred provider agreements with only a small handful. We are focused on being recognized as a premier preferred provider and maintaining long-term relationships and strategic partnerships with our customers. Accordingly, with many of our largest customers, we have entered into global provider agreements that span two or three segments of our business.

We intend to continue to broaden the scope of our products and services primarily through organic growth, which will be augmented, as needed, through focused acquisitions and alliances. We believe our approach to acquisitions is a disciplined one that seeks to target businesses that are a sound strategic fit and that offer the prospect of enhancing stockholder value. This strategy may include geographic

8




expansion of existing core services, strengthening of one of our core services or the addition of a new product or service.

We believe that we are well positioned to exploit both existing and new outsourcing opportunities. We intend to focus our marketing efforts on stimulating demand for further outsourcing to gain additional market share.  To take advantage of  promising opportunities which are available to us as a result of continued growth of outsourced services, in 2006 we anticipate investing  heavily in expanding our facilities capacity.

Customers

Our customers continue to consist primarily of all of the major pharmaceutical companies, as well as many biotechnology companies, animal health, medical device and diagnostic companies, leading hospitals, academic institutions, government agencies and other life sciences companies. Recently, as a result of the Inveresk merger and outsourcing trends, our commercial customer base (mainly pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies) has grown at a higher rate than our non-commercial customer rate. We have many long-term, stable relationships with our customers. During 2005, no single commercial customer accounted for more than 5% of our total net sales.

For information regarding net sales and long-lived assets attributable to each of our business segments for the last three fiscal years, please see Note 15 included in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. For information regarding net sales and long-lived assets attributable to operations in the United States, Europe, Asia and other countries for each of the last three fiscal years, please review Note 15 included in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Sales, Marketing and Customer Support

We sell our products and services principally through our direct sales force, the majority of whom work in the United States, with the balance working in Europe and Japan. Our primary promotional activities include organizing scientific symposia, publishing scientific papers, making presentations and participating at scientific conferences and trade shows in North America, Europe and Japan. We supplement these scientifically based marketing activities with trade advertising, direct mail, newsletters and our web site. The direct sales force is supplemented by international distributors for our products.

Our internal marketing/product management teams support the field sales staff while developing and implementing programs to create close working relationships with customers in the biomedical research industry. We maintain customer service, technical assistance and consulting service departments, which address both our customers’ routine and more specialized needs. We frequently assist our customers in solving problems related to animal husbandry, health and genetics, biosecurity, preclinical and clinical study design, regulatory consulting, protocol development and other areas in which our expertise is recognized as a valuable customer resource.

Research and Development

While there is some research and development activity involved in our  in vitro technologies business, we do not maintain a fully dedicated research and development staff and therefore have not had any significant research and development costs in any of the past three fiscal years. Our approach to developing new products or services is to extend our base technologies into new applications and fields, and in some instances to license or acquire technologies to serve as platforms for the development of new businesses that service our existing customer base. Our research and development focus is principally on developing projects that improve our productivity or processes.

9




Industry Support and Animal Welfare

One of our core values is a concern for and commitment to animal welfare. We have been in the forefront of animal welfare improvements in our industry, and continue to demonstrate our commitment with special recognition programs for employees who demonstrate an extraordinary commitment in this critical area of our business. We created our own Humane Care Initiative, which is directed by our Animal Welfare and Training Group. The goal of the initiative is to assure that we continue as a worldwide leader in the humane care of laboratory animals. Laboratory animals are an important resource that further our knowledge of living systems and contribute to the discovery of life-saving drugs and procedures. We work hand-in-hand with the scientific community to understand how living conditions, handling procedures and stress play an important role in the quality and efficiency of research. As animal caregivers and researchers, we are responsible to our clients and the public for the health and well being of the animals in our care.

We support a wide variety of organizations and individuals working to further animal welfare as well as the interests of the biomedical research community. We fund scholarships to laboratory animal training programs, provide financial support to non-profit institutions that educate the public about the benefits of animal research and provide awards and prizes to outstanding leaders in the laboratory animal medicine field.

Employees

As of December 31, 2005, we had approximately 8,400 employees, including  approximately 450 science professionals with advanced degrees including D.V.M.s, Ph.D.s and M.D.s. Our employees are not unionized in the United States, although employees are unionized at some of our European facilities, consistent with local customs for our industry. Our annual satisfaction surveys indicate that we have an excellent relationship with our employees.

Backlog

Our backlog for Preclinical Services and Clinical Services was approximately $448.2 million at December 31, 2005. We do not report backlog for the RMS segment because turnaround time from order placement to fulfillment, both for products and services, is rapid. Our preclinical and clinical services are performed over varying times, from a short period of time to extended periods of time, which may be as long as several years. We maintain an order backlog for these segments to track anticipated revenue from studies and projects that either have not started, but are anticipated to begin in the near future, or are in process and have not been completed. We only recognize a study or project in backlog after we have received written evidence of a customer’s intention to proceed. We do not recognize verbal orders. Cancelled studies or projects are removed from backlog.

We believe our aggregate backlog as of any date is not necessarily an indicator of our future results for a variety of reasons. First, studies vary in duration (i.e., some studies that are included in 2005 backlog may be completed in 2006, while others may be completed in later years). Second, the scope of studies may change, which may either increase or decrease their value. Third, studies included in backlog may be subject to bonus or penalty payments. Fourth, studies may be terminated or delayed at any time by the client or regulatory authorities. Terminations or delays can result from a number of reasons. Delayed contracts remain in our backlog until a determination of whether to continue, modify or cancel the study has been made. We cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to realize all or most of the net revenues included in backlog or estimate the portion to be filled in the current year.

10




Competition

Our strategy is to be a leader in each of the markets in which we participate. We compete in the marketplace on the basis of quality, reputation, responsiveness, timeliness and availability, supported by our international presence with strategically located facilities.

The competitive landscape for our three business segments varies. For RMS, our main competitors include three smaller competitors in North America, several smaller competitors in Europe, and two smaller competitors in Japan. Of our main U.S. competitors, two are privately held businesses and the third is a government funded, not-for-profit institution. We believe that none of our competitors in RMS has our comparable global reach, financial strength, breadth of product and services offerings and pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry relationships.

We believe we are one of the two largest providers of preclinical services in the world, based on net service revenue. Our commercial competitors for preclinical services are both publicly-held and privately-owned companies. The clinical development services market is highly fragmented, with participants ranging from hundreds of small, limited-service providers to a few full service drug development services organizations with global operations. Our clinical services business competitors include a number of publicly traded and privately owned companies. In addition, both our preclinical and clinical businesses compete with in-house departments of pharmaceutical companies and universities and teaching hospitals.

Regulatory Matters

As our business operates in a number of distinct operating segments and in a variety of locations worldwide, we are subject to numerous, and sometimes overlapping, regulatory environments, as described below.

The Animal Welfare Act (AWA) governs the care and use of certain species of animals used for research. The United States Congress has passed legislation which permanently excludes rats, mice and chickens used for research from regulation under the AWA. As a result, most of our United States small animal research model activities and our vaccine support services operations are not subject to regulation under the AWA. For regulated species, the AWA and attendant Animal Care regulations require producers and users of regulated species to provide veterinary care and to utilize specific husbandry practices such as, cage size, shipping conditions, sanitation and environmental enrichment methods to assure the welfare of these animals. We comply with licensing and registration requirement standards set by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) for the care and use of regulated species. Our animal production facilities in the U.S. are accredited by The Association for Assessment and Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care International (AAALAC), a private, nonprofit, international organization that promotes the humane treatment of animals in science through voluntary accreditation and assessment programs. Portions of our preclinical business are also generally regulated by the USDA.

Our import and export of animals in support of several of our business units as well as our operations in foreign countries are subject to a variety of national, regional, and local laws and regulations, which establish the standards for the humane treatment, care and handling of animals by dealers and research facilities. We maintain the necessary certificates, licenses, detailed standard operating procedures and other documentation required to comply with applicable regulations for the humane treatment of the animals in our custody at our locations.

Our preclinical services business conducts nonclinical laboratory safety studies intended to support the  registration or licensing of our clients’ products throughout the world. The conduct of these studies must comply with national statutory or regulatory requirements for Good Laboratory Practice (GLP). GLP regulations describe a quality system concerned with the organizational process and the conditions under

11




which nonclinical laboratory studies are planned, performed, monitored, recorded, archived and reported. GLP compliance is required by such regulatory agencies as the FDA, United States Environmental Protection Agency, European Agency for the Evaluation of Medicinal Products, Department of Health (DOH) in the United Kingdom, Health Canada, and the Japanese Ministry of Health and Welfare. GLP requirements are significantly harmonized throughout the world and our laboratories are capable of conducting studies in compliance with all appropriate requirements. To assure our compliance obligations, we have established quality assurance units (QAU) in each of our nonclinical laboratories. The QAUs operate independently from those individuals that direct and conduct studies and monitor each study to assure management that the facilities, equipment, personnel, methods, practices, records, and controls are in compliance with GLP. Our laboratory managers use the results of QAU monitoring as  part of a continuous process improvement program to assure our nonclinical studies meet client and regulatory expectations for quality and integrity.

Our clinical services business  conducts human clinical trials and provides services in support of our clients’ registration or licensing applications. Human clinical trials are conducted in a progressive fashion beginning with Phase I to IV trials. Phase I studies are the initial human clinical trials and are conducted with a small number of subjects under highly controlled conditions. Phase II and III trials are conducted with an increasing number of subjects and under actual clinical conditions, e.g., patients with the condition to be treated. Phase IV clinical trials are conducted after product approval with a large number of subjects under actual clinical conditions.  These clinical trials and services are performed in accordance with the International Conference on Harmonization Good Clinical Practice Guidelines and in compliance with regulations governing the conduct of clinical investigations and the protection of human clinical trial subjects. In the United States, these trials and services must comply with FDA regulations and in Europe our clinical trials and services must comply with the clinical trials directive of the European Union. Neither FDA regulations nor the clinical trials directive requires a quality assurance program; however, our Phase I facility has an established quality assurance unit that monitors the conduct and reporting of Phase I trials to assure management that these trials are conducted in compliance with appropriate regulatory requirements. We also provide quality assurance oversight of our contracted clinical service activities and offer quality assurance inspections and audits as a contract service in Phase II through IV clinical trials.

Our manufacturing business produces endotoxin test kits and reagents and vaccine support products. Additionally, the analytical divisions of several of our nonclinical laboratories conduct stability and potency testing in support of our clients’ manufacturing programs. These activities are subject to regulation by the FDA and DOH under their respective Good Manufacturing Practice regulations or the FDA’s Quality Systems Regulation (manufacturing of medical devices). We are required to register with the FDA as a device manufacturer and are subject to inspection on a routine basis for compliance with these regulations. These regulations require that we manufacture our products and maintain records of the manufacturing, testing and control activities.

All of our sites are also subject to licensing and regulation under national, regional and local laws relating to the surface and air transportation of laboratory specimens, the handling, storage and disposal of laboratory specimens, hazardous waste and radioactive materials, and the safety and health of laboratory employees. Although we believe we are currently in compliance in all material respects with such national, regional and local laws, failure to comply could subject us to denial of the right to conduct business, fines, criminal penalties and other enforcement actions.

To ensure that all business sectors comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements and satisfy our client expectations for quality, we have established a corporate regulatory affairs and compliance organization that oversees our corporate quality system and all quality assurance functions within the company. This organization reports to our Corporate Vice President for Regulatory Affairs and Compliance.

12




Corporate Governance

We are committed to operating our business with integrity and accountability. We strive to meet or exceed  all of the corporate governance standards established by the New York Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Federal government as implemented by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  Seven of  the eight members of our Board of Directors are independent and have no significant financial, business or personal ties to the Company or management and all of our Board committees are composed of independent directors. The Board adheres to Corporate Governance Guidelines and a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which has been communicated to employees and posted on our website. We have always been diligent in complying with established accounting principles and are committed to providing financial information that is transparent, timely and accurate. We have established a process through which employees, either directly or anonymously, can notify management (and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors) of alleged accounting and auditing concerns or violations including fraud. Our  internal Disclosure Committee meets regularly and operates pursuant to formal disclosure procedures and guidelines which  help to ensure that our public disclosures are accurate and timely. Copies of our Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics are available on our website at www.criver.com under the “Investors Relations—Corporate Governance” caption.

Item 1A.                Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Set forth below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K and in other documents we file with the SEC are risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K.

The outsourcing trend in the preclinical and clinical stages of drug discovery and development may decrease, which could slow our growth.

Over the past several years, some areas of our businesses have grown significantly as a result of the increase in pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies outsourcing their preclinical and clinical research support activities. We believe that due to the significant investment in facilities and personnel required to support drug development, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies look to outsource some or all of those services. By doing so, they can focus their resources on their core competency of drug discovery, while obtaining the outsourced services from a full-service provider like Charles River. While industry analysts expect the outsourcing trend to continue for the next several years, a decrease in preclinical and/or clinical outsourcing activity could result in a diminished growth rate in the sales of one or more of our expected higher-growth areas and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, our customer contracts are generally terminable on little or no notice. Termination of a large contract or multiple contracts could adversely affect our sales and profitability.

Our operations and financial results could be significantly affected by the above-mentioned risks.

A reduction in research and development budgets at pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies may adversely affect our business.

Our customers include researchers at pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Our ability to continue to grow and win new business is dependent in large part upon the ability and willingness of the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries to continue to spend on research and development and to outsource the products and services we provide. Fluctuations in the research and development budgets of these researchers and their organizations could have a significant effect on the demand for our products and services. Research and development budgets fluctuate due to changes in available resources, mergers

13




of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, spending priorities and institutional budgetary policies. Our business could be adversely affected by any significant decrease in life sciences research and development expenditures by pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, as well as by academic institutions, government laboratories or private foundations. Similarly, economic factors and industry trends that affect our clients in these industries also affect our business.

A reduction or delay in government funding of research and development may adversely affect our business.

A portion of net sales in our RMS segment is derived from customers at academic institutions and research laboratories whose funding is partially dependent on both the level and timing of funding from government sources, such as the U.S. National Institutes of Health (NIH) and similar domestic and international agencies. Although the level of government research funding has increased during the past several years the size of budgetary increases has recently declined. Government funding of research and development is subject to the political process, which is inherently unpredictable. Our sales may be adversely affected if our customers delay purchases as a result of uncertainties surrounding the approval of government budget proposals. Also, government proposals to reduce or eliminate budgetary deficits have sometimes included reduced allocations to the NIH and other government agencies that fund research and development activities. A reduction in government funding for the NIH or other government research agencies could adversely affect our business and our financial results.

Changes in government regulation or in practices relating to the pharmaceutical or biotechnological industries, including potential health care reform could decrease the need for the services we provide.

Governmental agencies throughout the world, but particularly in the United States, strictly regulate the drug development process. Our business involves helping pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, among others, navigate the regulatory drug approval process. Changes in regulations, such as a relaxation in regulatory requirements or the introduction of simplified drug approval procedures, or an increase in regulatory requirements that we have difficulty satisfying or that make our services less competitive, could eliminate or substantially reduce the demand for our services.

In recent years the United States Congress and state legislatures have considered various types of health care reform in order to control growing health care costs. We are unable to predict what legislative proposals will be adopted in the future, if any. Similar reform movements have occurred in Europe and Asia.

Implementation of health care reform legislation that contains costs could limit the profits that can be made from the development of new drugs. This could adversely affect research and development expenditures by pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, which could in turn decrease the business opportunities available to us both in the united States and abroad. In addition, new laws or regulations may create a risk of liability, increase our costs or limit our service offerings.

Our standard customer agreements contain liberal termination and service reduction provisions, which may result in less contract revenue than we anticipate.

Generally, our agreements with our customers provide that the customers can terminate the agreements or reduce the scope of services under the agreements with little or no notice. Customers may elect to terminate their agreements with us for various reasons, including: the products being tested fails to satisfy safety requirements; unexpected or undesired study results; production problems resulting in shortages of the drug being tested; the customer’s decision to forego or terminate a particular study; or the loss of funding for the particular research study. If a customer terminates a contract with us, we are entitled under the terms of the contract to receive revenue earned to date as well as certain other costs and, in some cases, penalties. Cancellation of a large contract or proximate cancellation of multiple

14




contracts could materially adversely affect the Preclinical or Clinical segments’  business and, therefore, may adversely affect our operating results.

Contaminations in our animal populations can damage our inventory, harm our reputation for contaminant-free production and result in decreased sales.

Our research models and fertile chicken eggs must be free of certain adventious, infectious agents such as certain viruses and bacteria because the presence of these contaminants can distort or compromise the quality of research results and could adversely impact human or animal health. The presence of these infectious agents in our animal production facilities and certain service operations could disrupt our contaminant-free research model and fertile egg production as well as our animal services businesses including transgenic services, harm our reputation for contaminant-free production and result in decreased sales.

Contaminations typically require cleaning up, renovating, disinfecting and restarting production in the contaminated barrier room or poultry house. This clean-up results in inventory loss, clean-up and start-up costs, and reduced sales as a result of lost customer orders and credits for prior shipments. In addition, contaminations expose us to risks that customers will request compensation for damages in excess of our contractual indemnification requirements. These contaminations are unanticipated and difficult to predict and could adversely impact our financial results. We have made significant capital expenditures designed to strengthen our biosecurity and have significantly improved our operating procedures to protect against such contaminations, however, contaminations may still occur.

Our business is subject to risks relating to operating internationally.

A significant part of our net sales is derived from operations outside the United States. Our international revenues, which include revenues from our non-U.S. subsidiaries, represented  48.5% of our total net sales in 2005, 36.3% of our total net sales in 2004, and 30.8% in 2003. We expect that international revenues will continue to account for a significant percentage of our revenues for the foreseeable future. There are a number of risks associated with our international business, including:

·       foreign currencies we receive for sales outside the United States could be subject to unfavorable exchange rates with the U.S. dollar and reduce the amount of revenue that we recognize;

·       general economic and political conditions in the markets in which we operate;

·       potential international conflicts, including terrorist acts;

·       potential increased costs associated with overlapping tax structures;

·       potential trade restrictions and exchange controls;

·       difficulties and costs associated with staffing and managing foreign operations, including risks of violations of local laws or the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act by employees oversees;

·       unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

·       the difficulties of compliance with a wide variety of foreign laws and regulations;

·       unfavorable labor regulations, including specifically those applicable to our European operations;

·       longer accounts receivable cycles in certain foreign countries; and

·       import and export licensing requirements.

15




Negative attention from special interest groups may impair our business.

The products and services which we provide our customers are essential  to the drug discovery and development process, and are almost universally mandated by law. Notwithstanding, certain special interests groups categorically object to the use of animals for valid research purposes. Historically, our core research model activities with rats, mice and other rodents have not been the subject of animal rights media attention. However, research activities with animals have been the subject of adverse attention, impacting our industry. This has included occasional, but infrequent, on-site demonstrations at facilities operated by us. Any negative attention or threats directed against our animal research activities in the future could impair our ability to operate our business efficiently. In addition, if regulatory authorities were to mandate a significant reduction in safety testing procedures which utilize laboratory animals (as has been advocated by certain groups), our business could be materially adversely effected.

Several of our product and service offerings are dependent on a limited source of supply, which if interrupted could adversely affect our business.

We depend on a limited international source of supply of large animal models required in our product and service offerings. Disruptions to their continued supply may arise from colony fertility and health problems, export or import restrictions or embargoes, foreign government or economic instability, severe weather conditions, disruptions to the air travel system or contract disputes or disruptions. Any disruption of supply could harm our business if we cannot remove the disruption or are unable to secure an alternative or secondary supply source on comparable commercial terms.

We may be unable to build out our facilities as anticipated.

To take advantage of our customers’ continued growing demand for drug discovery and development services, including increased strategic focus on outsourcing services and programs, we are engaged in a substantial capacity expansion program, with approximately $175-$200 million allocated for capital expenditures for 2006. Included in this build-out are two U.S. Preclinical Services facilities—one in Massachusetts scheduled to be online by the end of 2006 and one in Nevada scheduled for 2007—and an expansion of our RMS California capabilities scheduled to partially open in the fourth quarter of 2006. We cannot assure you that any or all of these facilities will be constructed on the anticipated timetable or on budget. Any material delay in bringing these facilities on-line, or substantial increase in costs to complete these facilities, could materially and adversely affect us.

Any failure by us to comply with existing regulations could harm our reputation and operating results.

Any failure on our part to comply with existing regulations could result in the termination of ongoing research or the disqualification of data for submission to regulatory authorities. This could harm our reputation, our prospects for future work and our operating results. For example, if we were to fail to verify that informed consent is obtained from patient participants in connection with a particular Phase I clinical trial, the data collected from that trial could be disqualified and we might be required to redo the trial at no further cost to our customer, but at substantial cost to us. Furthermore, the issuance of a notice from the FDA based on a finding of a material violation by us of good clinical practice, good laboratory practice or good manufacturing practice requirements could materially and adversely affect us.

The drug discovery and development services industry is highly competitive.

The drug discovery and development services industry is highly competitive. We often compete for business not only with other drug discovery and development companies, but also with internal discovery and development departments within our clients, who are often large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies with greater resources than ours. We also compete with universities and teaching hospitals. If

16




we do not compete successfully, our business will suffer. Increased competition might lead to price and other forms of competition that might adversely affect our operating results. As a result of competitive pressures, the drug discovery and development services industry has been consolidating. This trend is likely to produce more competition among the larger companies for both clients and acquisition candidates. In addition, for some of our business segments, there are few barriers to entry for smaller specialized companies considering entering the industry. Because of their size and focus, these companies might compete effectively against larger companies such as us, which could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Tax benefits we expect to be available in the future may be subject to challenge.

In connection with our 1999 recapitalization, our then current shareholders, CRL Acquisition LLC (CRL Acquisition) and Bausch & Lomb Incorporated (B&L), made a joint election intended to permit us to increase the depreciable and amortizable tax basis in our assets for federal income tax purposes, thereby providing us with expected future tax benefits. In connection with our initial public offering in 2000, CRL Acquisition reorganized, terminated its existence as a corporation for tax purposes and distributed a substantial portion of its stock to its members. We believe that the reorganization and liquidating distribution should not have any impact on the election for federal income tax purposes. However, it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) may contend that this reorganization and liquidating distribution should be integrated with our original recapitalization. If the IRS were to be successful with this contention, the expected future tax benefits at the time of the recapitalization would not be available and we would be required to write off the related deferred tax asset.

We could be adversely affected by tax law changes in the United Kingdom or Canada.

We have substantial operations in the United Kingdom and Canada which currently benefit from favorable corporate tax arrangements. We receive substantial tax credits in Canada from both the Canadian federal and Quebec governments and it benefits from tax credits and accelerated tax depreciation allowances in the United Kingdom. Any reduction in the availability or amount of these tax credits or allowances would be likely to have a material adverse effect on profits and cash flow from either or both of our Canadian and United Kingdom operations, and on our effective tax rate.

Impairment of goodwill arising from the acquisition of Inveresk may adversely impact future results of operations.

We accounted for our acquisition of Inveresk as a purchase under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of Inveresk, including identifiable intangible assets, have been recorded at their respective fair values as of the date the acquisition was completed. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of acquired net assets and liabilities was recorded as goodwill. As a result of the combination, we have recorded $1.3 billion of additional goodwill and $0.2 billion of other intangible assets, which are material to us. The goodwill will not be amortized, but will be reviewed for impairment by us at least annually. If the future growth and operating results of the acquired businesses are not as strong as anticipated, goodwill may be impaired. To the extent goodwill is impaired, its carrying value will be written down to its implied fair value and a charge will be made to our earnings. Such an impairment charge could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our results of operations.

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from operations outside of the United States, primarily from our operations in Canada and the United Kingdom, where significant amounts of revenues and expenses are recorded in local (non-U.S.) currency. Our financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, changes in currency exchange rates, particularly between the pound sterling, the Canadian

17




dollar, the European Euro and the U.S. dollar, will cause fluctuations in our reported financial results, which could be material. In addition, our contracts with foreign customers are frequently denominated in currencies other than the currency in which we incur expenses related to those contracts. This is particularly the case with respect to the Canadian operations we acquired from Inveresk, where contracts generally provide for invoicing clients in U.S. dollars but its expenses are generally incurred in Canadian dollars. Where expenses are incurred in currencies other than those in which contracts are priced, fluctuations in the relative value of those currencies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Contract research services create a risk of liability.

In contracting to work on drug development trials, as a contract research organization we face a range of potential liabilities, for example:

·       errors or omissions that create harm during a trial to study volunteers or after a trial to consumers of the drug after regulatory approval of the drug;

·       general risks associated with Phase I facilities, including negative consequences from the administration of drugs to clinical trial participants or the professional malpractice of Phase I medical care providers;

·       errors or omissions from tests conducted for the agrochemical and food industries;

·       risks that animals in our breeding facilities may be infected with diseases that may be harmful and even lethal to themselves and humans despite preventive measures contained in our company policies for the quarantine and handling of imported animals; and

·       errors and omissions during a trial that may undermine the usefulness of a trial or data from the trial.

We mitigate these risks to the best of our abilities through our regiment of animal testing, quarantine, and veterinary staff vigilance, through which we seek to control the exposure of animal related disease or infections. Nonetheless, it is impossible to completely eradicate such risks.

We also contract with physicians, also referred to as investigators, to conduct the clinical trials to test new drugs on human volunteers. These tests can create a risk of liability for personal injury or death to volunteers, resulting from negative reactions to the drugs administered or from professional malpractice by third party investigators, particularly to volunteers with life-threatening illnesses. We believe that our risks in this area are generally reduced by the contract provisions entitling us to be indemnified or entitling us to a limitation of liability; insurance maintained by our clients, investigators, and by us; and various regulatory requirements we must follow in connection with our business.

Contractual indemnifications generally do not protect us against liability arising from certain of our own actions, such as negligence or misconduct. We could be materially and adversely affected if we were required to pay damages or bear the costs of defending any claim which is not covered by a contractual indemnification provision or in the event that a party who must indemnify us does not fulfill its indemnification obligations or which is beyond the level of our insurance coverage. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain such insurance coverage on terms acceptable to us.

If we are unable to attract suitable investigators and volunteers for our clinical trials, our business might suffer.

The clinical research studies we run rely upon the ready accessibility and willing participation of physician investigators and volunteer subjects. Investigators are typically located at hospitals, clinics or other sites and supervise administration of the study drug to patients during the course of a clinical trial. Volunteer subjects generally include people from the communities in which the studies are conducted,

18




including our Phase I clinic in Edinburgh, Scotland, which to date has provided a substantial pool of potential subjects for research studies. Our clinical research development business could be adversely affected if we were unable to attract suitable and willing investigators or volunteers on a consistent basis.

New technologies may be developed, validated and increasingly used in biomedical research that could reduce demand for some of our products and services.

For many years, groups within the scientific and research communities have attempted to develop models, methods and systems that would replace or supplement the use of living animals as test subjects in biomedical research. Companies have developed several techniques that have scientific merit. It is our strategy to participate in some fashion with any non-animal test method as it becomes validated as a research model alternative or adjunct in our markets. However, we may not be successful in commercializing these methods if developed, and sales or profits from these methods may not offset reduced sales or profits from research models. Alternative research methods could decrease the need for research models, and we may not be able to develop new products effectively or in a timely manner to replace any lost sales.

If we are not successful in selecting and integrating the businesses and technologies we acquire, our business may suffer.

During the past five years, we have expanded our business through several acquisitions. We plan to continue acquire businesses and technologies and form alliances. However, businesses and technologies may not be available on terms and conditions we find acceptable. We risk spending time and money investigating and negotiating with potential acquisition or alliance partners, but not completing the transaction. Even if completed, acquisitions and alliances involve numerous risks which may include:

·       difficulties and expenses incurred in assimilating operations, services, products or technologies;

·       difficulties in developing and operating new businesses, including diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

·       potential losses resulting from undiscovered liabilities of acquired companies are not covered by the indemnification we may obtain from the seller;

·       risks of not being able to overcome differences in foreign business practices, language and other cultural barriers in connection with the acquisition of foreign companies;

·       the presence or absence of adequate internal controls and/or significant fraud in the financial systems of acquired companies; and

·       difficulties in achieving business and financial success.

In the event that an acquired business or technology or an alliance does not meet expectations, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

We depend on key personnel and may not be able to retain these employees or recruit additional qualified personnel, which would harm our business.

Our success depends to a significant extent on the continued services of our senior management and other members of management. James C. Foster, our Chief Executive Officer since 1992 and Chairman since 2000, has held various positions with us for 29 years. We have no employment agreement with Mr. Foster or other members of our management. If Mr. Foster or other members of management do not continue in their present positions, our business may suffer.

19




Because of the specialized scientific nature of our business, we are highly dependent upon qualified scientific, technical and managerial personnel. While we have an excellent record of employee retention, there is still strong competition for qualified personnel in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology fields. Therefore, we may not be able to attract and retain the qualified personnel necessary for the development of our business. The loss of the services of existing personnel, as well as the failure to recruit additional key scientific, technical and managerial personnel in a timely manner, could harm our business.

Our quarterly operating results may vary, which could negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

Our results of operations in any quarter may vary from quarter to quarter and are influenced by such factors as the number and scope of ongoing customer engagements, the commencement, postponement, completion or cancellation of customer contracts in the quarter, changes in the mix of our products and services, the extent of cost overruns, holiday patterns of our customers, budget cycles of our customers, and exchange rate fluctuations. We believe that operating results for any particular quarter are not necessarily a meaningful indication of future results. Nonetheless, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

Item 1B.               Unresolved Staff Comments

There are no unresolved comments to be reported in response to Item 1B.

Item 2.                        Properties

We own and lease our facilities. We own large facilities (over 50,000 square feet) for our Preclinical Services businesses in the United States, Canada, Scotland and Ireland, and lease large facilities in the United States and Canada. We are in the process of bringing two U.S. Preclinical Service facilities online—one in Massachusetts by end of 2006 and one in Nevada in 2007. We own large RMS facilities in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Japan, Mexico, and the United States. Presently, we are expanding our California capabilities through a build-out scheduled to partially open in the fourth quarter of 2006. We lease all our Clinical Services facilities, including large facilities in the United States. None of our leases are individually material to our business operations and many have an option to renew. We believe that we will be able to successfully renew expiring leases on terms satisfactory to us. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our operations and that suitable additional space will be available when needed. For additional information see Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Item 3.                        Legal Proceedings

We are not a party to any material legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business that is not material to our business or financial condition.

Item 4.                        Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

Not applicable.

20




Supplementary Item. Executive Officers of the Registrant pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.

Below are the names, ages and principal occupations for the last five years of each our current executive officers. All such persons have been elected to serve until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

Joanne P. Acford, age 50, joined us in 2004 as Corporate Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. Prior to joining us, Ms. Acford held a number of positions over 20 years at John Hancock Financial Services, Inc., most recently as Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel. Previously, Ms. Acford was an associate in the Corporate Department at Hale and Dorr.

Thomas F. Ackerman, age 51, joined us in 1988 with over eleven years of combined public accounting and international finance experience. He was named Controller, North America in 1992 and became our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 1996. In 1999, he was named a Senior Vice President and in 2005 he was named a Corporate Executive Vice President. He is currently responsible for overseeing our Accounting and Finance Department and several other corporate staff departments. Prior to joining us, Mr. Ackerman was an accountant at Arthur Andersen & Co.

Brian Bathgate, age 46, joined us in 2004 with the acquisition of Inveresk. He is a Corporate Vice President and President, European Preclinical. He served as President of Inveresk’s Preclinical Europe operations since April 2001. Dr. Bathgate served as General Manager of Inveresk Research International Limited from 1996 until April 2001, responsible for all activities relating to the European preclinical business.

David J. Elliott, age 48, joined us in October 2005 as Corporate Vice President, Corporate Controller. Prior to joining us, Mr. Elliott was Corporate Controller for Cabot Corporation. Prior to Cabot, he had over twenty years diverse, financial experience with large, multinational companies in the chemical industry. He is responsible for the corporate accounting and purchasing functions and oversees all accounting and control activities globally.

John C. Ho, age 46, joined us in January 2006 as Corporate Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy. Dr. Ho has over 16 years experience serving pharmaceutical, biotech, medical device and provider organizations in a variety of capacities including corporate and M&A strategy formulation, product commercialization, investment decision-making, process reengineering and organizational redesign. Prior to joining us, Dr. Ho was a partner in Accenture’s Health and Life Sciences Practice, where he led the Preclinical Development and the Medical Device Practices, and before that he was a member of the Life Science Industry Group of Pittiglio Rabin Todd & McGrath.

James C. Foster, age 55, joined us in 1976 as General Counsel. Over the past 29 years, Mr. Foster has held various staff and managerial positions, and was named our President in 1991, Chief Executive Officer in 1992 and our Chairman in 2000.

Jörg M. Geller, age 51, joined us in 1986 as a production manager in our animal production facility in Germany and has had various management positions since then. In 1994, Mr. Geller became Vice President, Charles River Europe, responsible for our activities in Germany and Northern and Eastern Europe. In 1997, Mr. Geller assumed responsibility for our avian production unit (SPAFAS) and in 2003 was named a Corporate Vice President.

Nancy A. Gillett, age 50, joined us in 1999 with the acquisition of Sierra Biomedical. Dr. Gillett has 21 years of experience as an ACVP board certified pathologist and scientific manager. In 1999, she became Senior Vice President and General Manager of our Sierra Biomedical division, and subsequently held a variety of managerial positions, including President and General Manager of Sierra Biomedical and Corporate Vice President and General Manager of Drug Discovery and Development (the predecessor to

21




our Preclinical Services business segment). In 2004, Dr. Gillett became Corporate Senior Vice President and President, Global Preclinical Services.

David P. Johst, age 44, joined us in 1991 as Corporate Counsel and was named Vice President, Human Resources in 1995. He became Vice President, Human Resources and Administration in 1996, a Senior Vice President in 1999, and a Corporate Executive Vice President in 2005. He currently serves as the Company’s Chief Administrative Officer and is responsible for overseeing our Human Resources department, our Consulting and Staffing Services business unit and several other corporate staff departments. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Johst was an attorney in the Corporate Department at Hale and Dorr.

Real H. Renaud, age 58, joined us in 1964 and has over 40 years of research models production and related management experience. In 1986, Mr. Renaud became Vice President of Production, with responsibility for overseeing the Company’s North American small animal operations, and was named Vice President, Worldwide Production in 1990. Mr. Renaud became Vice President and General Manager, European and North American Animal Operations in 1996, following a two-year European assignment during which he provided direct oversight to our European operations. In 1999, he became a Senior Vice President and in 2003, Mr. Renaud became Executive Vice President and General Manager, Global Research Models and Services.

22




PART II

Item 5.                        Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases Of Equity Securities

Our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on June 23, 2000 under the symbol “CRL.” The following table sets forth for the periods indicated below the high and low sales prices for our common stock.

2006

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

First quarter (through March 1, 2006)

 

$

49.53

 

$

41.99

 

 

2005

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

First quarter

 

$

51.64

 

$

43.99

 

Second quarter

 

49.52

 

45.16

 

Third quarter

 

53.09

 

42.80

 

Fourth quarter

 

46.00

 

40.50

 

 

2004

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

First quarter

 

$

45.15

 

$

33.56

 

Second quarter

 

47.60

 

41.79

 

Third quarter

 

48.97

 

41.57

 

Fourth quarter

 

49.05

 

44.31

 

 

There were no equity securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, sold by the Company during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

Shareholders

As of March 1, 2006, there were approximately 465 registered shareholders of the outstanding shares of common stock.

Dividends

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on shares of our common stock in the past two years and we do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any earnings to finance future operations and expansion. Some of the restrictive covenants contained in our revolving credit agreement and term loan agreements limit our ability to pay dividends.

23




Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information relating to the Company’s purchases of shares of its common stock during 2005.

 

 

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased

 

Average Price
Paid per Share

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs

 

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
That May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs

 

July 27, 2005–August 20, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

100,000,000

 

 

August 21, 2005–September 24, 2005

 

 

66,175

 

 

 

$

47.04

 

 

 

56,000

 

 

 

$

97,397,210

 

 

September 25, 2005–October 22, 2005

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

$

43.25

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

$

93,069,483

 

 

October 23, 2005–November 19, 2005

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

$

43.45

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

$

88,721,984

 

 

November 20, 2005–December 31, 2005

 

 

140,000

 

 

 

$

44.31

 

 

 

140,000

 

 

 

$

82,514,855

 

 

 

On July 27, 2005, the Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program to acquire up to $50.0 million of common stock. In order to facilitate these share repurchases, the Company has entered into a Rule 10b5-1 Purchase Plan. During the three months ended December 31, 2005, the Company repurchased 340,000 shares of common stock for approximately $14.9 million. The timing and amount of any future repurchases will depend on market conditions and corporate considerations. On October 26, 2005, the Board of Directors authorized increasing the share repurchase program by $50.0 million to a total of $100.0 million.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2005, the number of options issued under the Company’s stock option plans and the number of options available for future issuance under these plans.

Plan Category

 

 

 

Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))

 

 

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

Equity compensation plan approved by security holders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charles River 2000 Incentive Plan

 

 

4,512,446

 

 

 

38.79

 

 

 

3,484,554

 

 

Charles River 1999 Management Incentive Plan

 

 

394,772

 

 

 

9.79

 

 

 

4,317

 

 

Charles River 2000 Directors Stock Plan

 

 

26,000

 

 

 

31.99

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

Inveresk 2002 Stock Option Plan

 

 

621,122

 

 

 

27.07

 

 

 

 

 

Inveresk 2002 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

5,554,340

 

 

 

35.39

 

 

 

3,498,871

 

 

 

 

24




Item 6.                        Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The following table presents our selected consolidated financial data and other data as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 25, 2004, December 27, 2003, December 28, 2002 and December 29, 2001. The Statement of Income Data and Other Data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003, and the Balance Sheet Data at December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements for such years, included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The Statement of Income Data and Other Data for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2002 and December 29, 2001 and the Balance Sheet Data at December 27, 2003,  December 28, 2002 and December 29, 2001 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements for such years not included in this Form 10-K. You should read the selected consolidated financial data contained in this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

 

 

Fiscal Year(1)

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Statement of Income Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

1,122,228

 

$

766,917

 

$

613,723

 

$

554,629

 

$

465,630

 

Cost of products sold and services provided

 

693,493

 

468,351

 

380,058

 

345,646

 

298,379

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

189,544

 

121,448

 

89,489

 

83,303

 

68,315

 

Other operating expenses, net

 

 

 

 

747

 

 

 

Amortization of goodwill and intangibles

 

58,172

 

16,795

 

4,876

 

3,414

 

8,653

 

Operating income

 

181,019

 

160,323

 

138,553

 

122,266

 

90,283

 

Interest income

 

3,929

 

3,285

 

1,774

 

2,120

 

1,493

 

Interest expense

 

(24,361

)

(11,806

)

(8,480

)

(11,205

)

(22,797

)

Loss on debt retirement

 

 

 

 

 

(29,882

)

(8,066

)

Other, net

 

(174

)

723

 

783

 

1,222

 

500

 

Income before income taxes, minority interests and earnings from equity investments

 

160,413

 

152,525

 

132,630

 

84,521

 

61,413

 

Provision for income taxes

 

16,576

 

61,156

 

51,063

 

31,921

 

24,272

 

Income before minority interests and earnings from equity investments

 

143,837

 

91,369

 

81,567

 

52,600

 

37,141

 

Minority interests

 

(1,838

)

(1,577

)

(1,416

)

(2,784

)

(2,206

)

Earnings from equity investments

 

 

 

 

316

 

472

 

Net income

 

141,999

 

$

89,792

 

$

80,151

 

$

50,132

 

$

35,407

 

Earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

2.04

 

$

1.81

 

$

1.76

 

$

1.12

 

$

0.86

 

Diluted

 

$

1.96

 

$

1.68

 

$

1.64

 

$

1.06

 

$

0.80

 

Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

102,455

 

$

46,309

 

$

29,564

 

$

23,986

 

$

27,175

 

Capital expenditures

 

95,550

 

45,336

 

32,704

 

37,543

 

36,406

 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

114,821

 

$

207,566

 

$

182,331

 

$

122,509

 

$

58,271

 

Working capital

 

107,910

 

161,191

 

256,537

 

164,723

 

111,622

 

Goodwill, net

 

1,417,666

 

1,422,586

 

105,308

 

96,532

 

52,087

 

Total assets

 

2,538,209

 

2,626,835

 

799,554

 

701,344

 

571,362

 

Total debt

 

296,662

 

686,845

 

186,002

 

195,818

 

156,800

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

1,827,013

 

1,472,505

 

464,623

 

357,376

 

289,510

 

 


(1)          Our fiscal year consists of 12 months ending on the last Saturday on, or prior to, December 31.

25




Item 7.                        Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We are a leading global provider of solutions that advance the drug discovery and development process. These solutions include research models and outsourced preclinical and clinical services, and are designed to enable our clients to bring drugs to market faster and more efficiently. Our products and services are organized into three categories spanning every step of the drug development pipeline: Research Models and Services, Preclinical Services, and Clinical Services. We have been in business for more than 58 years, and our customer base includes all of the major pharmaceutical companies and many biotechnology companies, government agencies, leading hospitals and academic institutions.

Our significant sales growth during 2005 was primarily due to the acquisition of Inveresk at the end of 2004, as well as organic growth in all segments. Our overall results of operations were further enhanced by the completion of the integration of Inveresk: unifying our products and services under our strong brand name, the harmonizing of best practices derived from the combination, and our achievement of our cost savings goal. The businesses that we acquired in the Inveresk acquisition- primarily our Preclinical Services and Clinical Services segments—traditionally experience margins less robust than in our historical RMS segment, and the overall impact on our total margins were clearly reflected for the first time in fiscal 2005. Future drivers for our products and services as a whole are primarily expected to emerge from our customers’ continued growing demand for drug discovery and development services, including increased strategic focus on outsourcing should drive future sales for our products and services. To take advantage of these long term opportunities, we are engaged in a substantial capacity expansion program, with approximately $175–$200 million allocated for these capital expenditures. In addition to internally-generated organic growth, our business strategy includes strategic “bolt-on” acquisitions that complement our business and increase the rate of our growth.

Our total net sales in 2005 were $1.12 billion, an increase of 46.3% over the prior year due primarily to the acquisition of Inveresk, as well as organic growth in all segments. Pro forma sales growth was 10.2% which included a 0.2% negative impact of foreign currency translation. Our gross margin decreased to 38.2% of net sales, compared to 38.9% of net sales for the prior years’ period, due to the greater proportion of Preclinical and Clinical services in the sales mix as well as a decline in the Research Models and Services gross margin rate. Operating income for the year was $181.0 million compared to $160.3 million for 2004. The operating margin for 2005 was 16.1% compared to 20.9% for the prior year. Our 2005 operating margin rate was unfavorably impacted by $72.7 million (6.5%) due to amortization of intangibles related to the acquisition of Inveresk of $53.9 million, stock-based compensation expense related to the acquisition of Inveresk of $7.8 million, the impairment of the Wisconsin Preclinical Services business of $6.5 million, a charge for the acceleration of certain stock options of $1.6 million, Clinical Services lease impairment of $1.6 million, and $1.3 million in fees related to the repatriation of cash pursuant to the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (AJCA).

Net income was $142.0 million in 2005 compared to $89.8 million in 2004. Diluted earnings per share for 2005 were $1.96 compared to $1.68 in 2004. Our increased earnings in 2005 were due to the acquisition of Inveresk, as well as organic growth in all segments. In addition, 2005 results were impacted favorably by the reversal of a deferred tax liability ($28.3 million) and unfavorably impacted by the operating income items of $72.7 million, discussed above, as well as the deferred financing write-off of $2.1 million related to the AJCA cash repatriation.

Our RMS segment, representing 44.8% of net sales in 2005,  includes sales of research models, transgenic services, laboratory services, preconditioning and surgical services, consulting and staffing services, vaccine support and in vitro technology (primarily exdotoxin testing). Net sales for this segment increased 5.6% over the same period in 2004 due to growth in research model, laboratory services and in vitro sales, partially offset by lower transgenic sales. In 2005, the RMS business continued to benefit from

26




the market for a number of our product lines, and particularly in specialty models and in vitro sales, although we were negatively impacted by the continuing slowdown in the Transgenics Services market in the U.S. Overall RMS operating margin remained essentially flat at 31.8% of net sales in 2005, compared to 32.0% of net sales for the prior year. During 2006 we will add new capacity in California to meet our customers’ increased need for models, preconditioning services and value-added model characterization services for their drug discovery and development efforts. Preconditioning services presents an excellent opportunity for future growth, as over the next two years we intend to open at least one new room at each of our breeding facilities to take advantage of our core competency of laboratory animal medicine, which should permit our customers to take advantage of outsourcing efficiencies these capabilities will provide.

Our Preclinical Services segment, representing 43.5% of net sales in 2005, includes products and services required to take a drug or medical device through the development process including discovery support services, toxicology services, interventional pathology services, biopharmaceutical services; and bioanalysis, pharmacokinetics and drug metabolism services. Sales for this segment increased 83.6% over the same period last year which included pro forma sales growth of 17.2% due mainly to the Inveresk acquisition and the continued favorable market conditions this year as demand remained strong, especially for toxicology. Our primary focus during 2005 was in integrating Inveresk’s Preclinical Services business with ours while maintaining operating growth. Fortunately, our Preclinical Services business continued to experience favorable market conditions this year as demand remained strong, especially for toxicology services, although sales growth was negatively impacted by softness in our interventional and surgical services and biopharmaceutical services businesses. In addition, operating margins in Preclinical Services benefited from increased operating efficiencies, although there was a noted decrease in operating margins in the fourth quarter of 2005 primarily attributable to an extra week in the quarter. We expect to see improving levels of customer demand in certain of our development services businesses, particularly large animal, reproductive toxicology and inhalation. We continue to focus on meeting the growing demand for our preclinical services and increased outsourcing trends through our expansion program. During 2005 we opened new capacity in Montreal, Canada and purchased an additional facility in Massachusetts which we expect will be outfitted and online in late 2006 and in the first quarter of 2007. In addition, in 2006, we plan to bring on new capacity in Edinburgh, Scotland as well as purchase a new West Coast preclinical facility which we expect will be online in 2007.

Our Clinical Services segment, which represented 11.6% of net sales in 2005, was created as a result of the acquisition of Inveresk’s clinical service business. This business segment conducts Phase I clinical trials and provides Phase II-IV clinical trials management services which include testing, medical data sciences services and regulatory support. Our Clinical services business benefits from our focus on key therapeutic areas including oncology, ophthalmology, cardiovascular, respiratory, and infectious diseases. We believe that our Clinical Services segment can succeed best though this targeted focus—offering technical depth in a limited number of specialties—and an emphasis on margin improvement. In 2005, we observed a lengthening of time to convert verbal awards to signed contracts, which negatively impacted sales growth throughout the industry, but particularly in the U.S. In 2005, we enhanced our medical data services capabilities through technological investments which are intended to enhance our service offerings. Overall, in 2006, we are focusing on Clinical Services margin expansion and should benefit towards this goal from our fourth quarter 2005 personnel and facilities reductions.

27




The following tables show the net sales and the percentage contribution of each of our reportable segments for the past three years. They also show cost of products sold and services provided, selling, general and administrative expenses, amortization of goodwill and intangibles and operating income by segment and as percentages of their respective segment net sales.

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

December 27,
2003

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Net sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research models and services

 

 

$

503.2

 

 

 

$

476.7

 

 

 

$

428.2

 

 

Preclinical services

 

 

488.5

 

 

 

266.0

 

 

 

185.5

 

 

Clinical services

 

 

130.5

 

 

 

24.3

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of products sold and services provided:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research models and services

 

 

$

287.5

 

 

 

$

269.9

 

 

 

$

245.9

 

 

Preclinical services

 

 

318.9

 

 

 

179.7

 

 

 

134.2

 

 

Clinical services

 

 

87.1

 

 

 

18.7

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research models and services

 

 

$

55.6

 

 

 

$

54.1

 

 

 

$

45.0

 

 

Preclinical services

 

 

65.3

 

 

 

38.5

 

 

 

29.7

 

 

Clinical services

 

 

25.3

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

 

 

Unallocated corporate overhead

 

 

43.3

 

 

 

26.6

 

 

 

15.5

 

 

Amortization of other intangibles:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research models and services

 

 

$

0.3

 

 

 

$

0.2

 

 

 

$

0.8

 

 

Preclinical services

 

 

45.8

 

 

 

14.1

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

Clinical services

 

 

12.1

 

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research models and services

 

 

$

159.8

 

 

 

$

152.6

 

 

 

$

136.5

 

 

Preclinical services

 

 

58.6

 

 

 

33.6

 

 

 

17.5

 

 

Clinical services

 

 

6.0

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

 

 

Unallocated corporate overhead

 

 

(43.3

)

 

 

(26.6

)

 

 

(15.5

)

 

 

28




 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

December 27,
2003

 

 

 

(as a percent of net sales)

 

Net sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research models and services

 

 

44.8

%

 

 

62.2

%

 

 

69.8

%

 

Preclinical services

 

 

43.5

%

 

 

34.7

%

 

 

30.2

%

 

Clinical services

 

 

11.6

%

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

 

 

Cost of products sold and services provided:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research models and services

 

 

57.1

%

 

 

56.6

%

 

 

57.4

%

 

Preclinical services

 

 

65.3

%

 

 

67.6

%

 

 

72.3

%

 

Clinical services

 

 

66.7

%

 

 

77.2

%

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research models and services

 

 

11.1

%

 

 

11.3

%

 

 

10.5

%

 

Preclinical services

 

 

13.4

%

 

 

14.5

%

 

 

16.0

%

 

Clinical services

 

 

19.4

%

 

 

9.5

%

 

 

 

 

Unallocated corporate overhead

 

 

3.9

%

 

 

3.5

%

 

 

2.5

%

 

Amortization of other intangibles:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research models and services

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.2

%

 

Preclinical services

 

 

9.4

%

 

 

5.3

%

 

 

2.2

%

 

Clinical services

 

 

9.3

%

 

 

10.3

%

 

 

 

 

Operating income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research models and services

 

 

31.8

%

 

 

32.0

%

 

 

31.9

%

 

Preclinical services

 

 

12.0

%

 

 

12.6

%

 

 

9.4

%

 

Clinical services

 

 

4.6

%

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

 

 

Unallocated corporate overhead

 

 

(3.9

)%

 

 

(3.5

)%

 

 

(2.5

)%

 

 

In our consolidated statements of income, we provide a breakdown of net sales and cost of sales between net products and services. Such information is reported irrespective of the business segment from which the sales were generated.

29




Results of Operations

The following table summarizes historical results of operations as a percentage of net sales for the periods shown:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

December 27,
2003

 

Net sales

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

Cost of products sold and services provided

 

 

61.8

%

 

 

61.1

%

 

 

61.9

%

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

16.9

%

 

 

15.8

%

 

 

14.6

%

 

Amortization of other intangibles

 

 

5.2

%

 

 

2.2

%

 

 

0.8

%

 

Operating Income

 

 

16.1

%

 

 

20.9

%

 

 

22.6

%

 

Interest income

 

 

0.4

%

 

 

0.4

%

 

 

0.3

%

 

Interest expense

 

 

2.2

%

 

 

1.5

%

 

 

1.4

%

 

Loss on debt retirement

 

 

%

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

1.5

%

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

8.3

%

 

Minority interests

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

0.2

%

 

Earnings from equity investments

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

12.7

%

 

 

11.7

%

 

 

13.1

%

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of these financial statements requires management to use judgment when making assumptions that are involved in preparing estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and assumptions. Some of those estimates can be complex and require management to make estimates about the future and actual results could differ from those estimates. Management bases its estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. For any given estimate or assumption made by management, there may also be other estimates or assumptions that are reasonable.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses the consolidated financial statements of Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Management believes the following critical accounting policies are most affected by significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. The following summary should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. We believe the following critical accounting policies and estimates affected our more significant judgments and estimates than usual in the preparation of our consolidated financial statement:

·       Goodwill and other intangible assets

·       Revenue recognition

·       Pension plan accounting

·       Income taxes and deferred tax assets

30




Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets.   We have intangible assets, including goodwill and other identifiable finite and indefinite-lived acquired intangibles on our balance sheet due to the acquisition of Inveresk as well other businesses we acquired. The identification and valuation of these intangible assets and the determination of the estimated useful lives at the time of acquisition require significant management judgments and estimates. These estimates are made based on, among others, input from an accredited independent valuation consultant, reviews of projected future income cash flows and statutory regulations. The use of alternative estimates and assumptions could increase or decrease the estimated fair value of our goodwill and other intangible assets, and potentially result in a different impact to our results of operations.

We perform an annual review  of goodwill to determine if an impairment exists. Goodwill is considered impaired if we determine that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value. Assessing the impairment of goodwill requires us to make assumptions and judgments regarding the fair value of the net assets of our reporting units. Our evaluation includes management estimates of cash flow projections based on an internal strategic review. Key assumptions, strategies, opportunities and risks from this strategic review along with a market evaluation are the basis for our assessment. Our market capitalization was also compared to the discounted cash flow analysis. We performed annual impairment tests in 2005 and concluded the goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible asset balances were not impaired. As of December 31, 2005, we had recorded goodwill and other intangibles of $1.6 billion in the consolidated balance sheet. The results of this year’s impairment review is as of a point in time and changes in future business strategy or market conditions could significantly impact the assumptions used in calculating the fair value of these assets in subsequent years.

Revenue Recognition.   We recognize revenue on product and services sales. We record product revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Recognition of service revenue is primarily based on the completion of agreed-upon service procedures including rate specified contracts and fixed fee contracts. Revenue of agreed-upon rate contracts is recognized as services are performed, based on rates specified in the contract. Revenue of fixed fee contracts is recognized as services are performed in accordance with procedures specified by the customers in the form of study protocols. The recognition of service revenue requires management judgments primarily relating to the determination of the level of service procedures performed during the period. In some cases, a portion of the contract fee is paid at the time the study is initiated. These advances are deferred and recognized as revenue as services are performed. Conversely, in some cases, revenue is recorded based on the level of service performed in advance of billing the customer. This revenue is recorded as unbilled sales. As of December 31, 2005, we had recorded unbilled revenue of $56.6 million and deferred revenue of $116.3 million in our consolidated balance sheet based on the difference between the estimated level of services performed and the billing arrangements defined by our service contracts.

Pension Plan Accounting.   As of December 31, 2005, we had a pension liability of $52.8 million. The actuarial computations require the use assumptions to estimate the total benefits ultimately payable to employees and allocate this cost to the service periods. The key assumptions include the discount rate, the expected return on plan assets and expected future rate of salary increases. In addition, our actuaries determine the expense or liability of the plan using other assumptions for future experiences such as withdrawal and mortality rate. The key assumptions used to calculate pension costs are determined and reviewed annually by management after consulting with outside investment advisors and actuaries. The assumed discount rate, which is intended to be the actual rate at which benefits could effectively be settled, is adjusted based on the change in the long-term bond yield as of the measurement date. As of December 31, 2005 the weighted average discount rate for our pension plans was 5.28%.

The assumed expected return on plan assets is the average return expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide future benefits to pension plan participants. This includes considering the assets

31




allocation and expected returns likely to be earned over the life of the plan. If the actual return is different from the assumed expected return in plan assets, the difference would be amortized over a period of approximately 15 to 20 years. During 2005, based on our most recent analysis of historical and projected returns, we lowered our expected return on plan assets resulting in a weighted average return of 7.28% from 7.63%. This is expected to increase the annual pension expense by approximately $0.5 million in 2006. The estimated effect of a 1.0% change in the expected rate of return would increase pension expense by $1.4 million.

Income Taxes and Deferred Tax Assets.   As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our current tax exposure and assessing temporary and permanent differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheet. In certain cases, we must assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. In the event that actual results differ from these estimates, or we adjust these estimates in future periods, we may need to establish an additional valuation allowance which could materially impact our financial position or results of operations.

As of December 31, 2005, we had a valuation allowance of approximately $6.4 million. The valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets for net operating loss carryforwards in jurisdictions where management does not believe it is more likely than not a benefit will be realized. Approximately $5.7 million of the valuation allowance was established against deferred tax assets acquired as part of the Inveresk acquisition and any future recognition of the asset will result in an adjustment to goodwill. We have recognized the balance of the deferred tax asset on the belief that it is more likely than not it will be realized. This belief is based on all available evidence including historical operating results, projections of taxable income, and tax planning strategies.

As of December 31, 2005, earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries considered to be indefinitely reinvested totaled $147.9 million. No provision for U.S. income taxes has been provided thereon. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, we would be subject to both U.S. taxes and withholding taxes payable to the various foreign countries. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of additional tax that might be payable on this undistributed foreign income.

We are a worldwide business and operate in various tax jurisdictions where tax laws and tax rates are subject to change given the political and economic climate in these countries. We report and pay income taxes based upon operational results and applicable law. Our tax provision contemplates tax rates in effect to determine both the current and deferred tax position. Any significant fluctuation in rates or in tax laws could cause our estimate of taxes that we anticipate to change. These changes could result in either increases or decreases in our effective tax rate.

Our tax positions are consistently subject to challenge by taxing authorities around the world. Due to our size and the number of tax jurisdictions within which we conduct our business operations, we are subject to tax audits on a regular basis. As a result, we have tax reserves which are attributable to potential tax obligations around the world. We believe the reserves are necessary to adequately reflect tax obligations which may arise out of current and future audits.

Fiscal 2005 Compared to Fiscal 2004

Net Sales.   Net sales in 2005 were $1,122 million, an increase of $355.3 million, or 46.3%, from $766.9 million in 2004.

32




Research Models and Services.   In 2005, net sales from our RMS segment were $503.2 million, an increase of $26.5 million, or 5.6%, from $476.7 million in 2004. Favorable foreign currency translation contributed approximately 0.2% to our net sales gain. RMS global prices increased  approximately 3% and unit volume of both models and services  increased approximately 2%. Sales of our research models and services increased, particularly in North America, due to growing market demand for our higher priced specialty units partially offset by a continued slowdown in the transgenic service market. The RMS sales increase was driven by increases in basic research and biotechnology spending which drove greater demand for our products and services.

Preclinical Services.   In 2005, net sales from our Preclinical Services segment were $488.5 million, an increase of $222.5 million, or 83.6%, compared to $266.0 million in 2004. The increase was primarily due to the acquisition of Inveresk in October 2004 and the increased customer demand for toxicology and other preclinical services partially offset by the negative impact of softness in our interventional and surgical services and biopharmaceutical services businesses. Our Preclinical Services business benefited from the growth of the preclinical market reflecting increased drug development efforts and outsourcing trends. Foreign currency unfavorably impacted the sales growth rate by less than 0.4%.

Clinical Services.   In 2005, net sales from our Clinical Services segment were $130.5 million. Sales from our Clinical Services segment in 2004 were $24.3 million. In the fourth quarter of 2004, we entered the clinical services business with the acquisition of Inveresk. Our Clinical services business benefited from our focus on key areas of therapeutic clinical trials and higher sales in our European Phase II–IV business.

Cost of Products Sold and Services Provided.   Cost of products sold and services provided in 2005 was $693.5 million, an increase of $225.2 million, or 48.1%, from $468.4 million in 2004. Cost of products sold and services provided in 2005 was 61.8% of net sales, compared to 61.1% in 2004 due to the greater proportion of Preclinical and Clinical Services in our sales mix and increased costs in the RMS segment, partially offset by greater capacity utilization in the Preclinical and Clinical segments.

Research Models and Services.   Cost of products sold and services provided for RMS in 2005 was $287.5 million, an increase of $17.6 million, or 6.5%, compared to $269.9 million in 2004. Cost of products sold and services provided in 2005 increased to 57.1% of net sales compared to 56.6% of net sales in 2004. The increase in cost of products sold and services provided as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to the slow down in the transgenic services sales and higher fuel costs.

Preclinical Services.   Cost of products sold and services provided for the Preclinical Services segment in 2005 was $318.9 million, an increase of $139.2 million, or 77.5%, compared to $179.7 million in 2004. Cost of products sold and services provided as a percentage of net sales was 65.3% in 2005, compared to 67.6% in 2004. The decrease in cost of products sold and services provided as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to improved capacity utilization from the increased sales of services along with select pricing increases.

Clinical Services.   In the fourth quarter of 2004, we entered the clinical services business with the acquisition of Inveresk. Cost of products sold and services provided as a percentage of net sales was 66.7% in 2005, compared to 77.2% in 2004 due to our focus on key areas of therapeutic clinical trials.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.   Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2005 were $189.5 million, an increase of $68.1 million, or 56.1%, from $121.4 million in 2004. Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2005 were 16.9% of net sales compared to 15.8% of net sales in 2004. The increase as a percent of sales was due primarily to the impact of our restricted stock grant in 2005, stock based compensation, the closure of the Preclinical Wisconsin facility of $6.5 million, a charge for the acceleration of stock options of $1.6 million, Clinical lease impairment of $1.6 million and fees related to the repatriation of $1.3 million.

33




Research Models and Services.   Selling, general and administrative expenses for RMS in 2005 were $55.6 million, an increase of $1.5 million, or 2.8%, compared to $54.1 million in 2004. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased slightly as a percentage of sales to 11.0% in 2005 from 11.3% in 2004.

Preclinical Services.   Selling, general and administrative expenses for the Preclinical Services segment in 2005 were $65.3 million, an increase of $26.8 million, or 69.6%, compared to $38.5 million in 2004. Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2005 decreased to 13.4% of net sales, compared to 14.5% of net sales in 2004. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of sales in 2005 was due primarily to the increased sales offsetting the effect of increased expenses which include the impairment charge related to the Wisconsin facility of $6.5 million.

Clinical Services.   Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2005 were $25.3 million, or 19.4% of net sales in, compared to 9.5% in 2004. The increase in selling general and administrative expenses was due primarily to the full year effect of  Clinical Services and the lease impairment of $1.6 million.

Unallocated Corporate Overhead.   Unallocated corporate overhead, which consists of various corporate expenses including those associated with pension, executive salaries and departments such as corporate accounting, legal and investor relations, was $43.3 million in 2005, compared to $26.6 million in 2004. The substantial increase in unallocated corporate overhead in 2005 was due to our restricted stock compensation, Inveresk related stock based compensation and professional fees associated with the repatriation.

Amortization of Other Intangibles.   Amortization of other intangibles in 2005 was $58.2 million, an increase of $41.4 million, from $16.8 million in 2004. The increased amortization was primarily due to the acquisition of Inveresk.

Research Models and Services.   In 2005, amortization of other intangibles for our RMS segment was $0.3 million, an increase of $0.1 million from $0.2 million in 2004.

Preclinical Services.   In 2005, amortization of other intangibles for our Preclinical Services segment was $45.8 million, an increase of $31.7 million from $14.1 million in 2004. The increase in amortization of other intangibles was primarily due to the full-year effect of the Inveresk acquisition.

Clinical Services.   In 2005, amortization of other intangibles for our Clinical Services segment was $12.1 million due to the acquisition of Inveresk.

Operating Income.   Operating income in 2005 was $181.0 million, an increase of $20.7 million, or 12.9%, from $160.3 million in 2004. Operating income in 2005 was 16.1% of net sales, compared to 20.9% of net sales in 2004. The decrease as a percent of sales was due primarily to the unfavorable impact of amortization of intangibles and the stock-based compensation in both cases relating to our acquisition of Inveresk as well as the increased mix of Preclinical and Clinical services in our overall business.

Research Models and Services.   In 2005, operating income for our RMS segment was $159.8 million, an increase of $7.2 million, or 4.7%, from $152.6 million in 2004. Operating income as a percentage of net sales in 2005 was 31.8%, compared to 32.0% in 2004. The decrease in operating income as a percent to sales was primarily due to increase in cost of products sold and services provided due to the slowdown in the Transgenic services.

Preclinical Services.   In 2005, operating income for our Preclinical Services segment was $58.9 million, an increase of $25.3 million, or 75.3%, from $33.6 million in 2004. Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased to 12.1%, compared to 12.6% of net sales in 2004. The decrease in operating income as a percent of sales in 2005 was primarily due to Inveresk amortization, the impact of the charge related to our Wisconsin facility partially offset by greater efficiencies in cost of products sold and services provided and particularly global toxicology sales.

34




Clinical Services.   In 2005, operating income for our Clinical Services segment was $6.0 million. Operating income as a percentage of net sales was 4.6% in 2005, compared to 2.9% of net sales in 2004. The increase in operating income as a percent of sales in 2005 was primarily due to greater efficiencies in cost of products sold and services provided.

Interest Expense.   Interest expense in 2005 was $24.4 million, compared to $11.8 million in 2004. The $12.6 million increase was primarily due to the increased borrowing as a result of the Inveresk acquisition.

Income Taxes.   Income tax expense for 2005 was $16.6 million or 10.3%, a decrease of $44.6 million compared to $61.2 million or 40.1% in 2004. The decrease is primarily attributable to a net benefit of $28.3 million or 17.6% from the effects of a distribution under the AJCA of $24.1 million, the change of the Company’s assertion with respect to the remaining Inveresk pre-acquisition earnings of $29.2 million, offset by a tax charge related to the Company’s restructuring of its UK operations as a part of the plan of distribution of $23.1 million and a charge of $1.9 million related to the write off of deferred tax assets. The Company’s 2005 income tax expense also reflects a full year tax benefit from tax credits and enhanced deductions in Canada and the United Kingdom from research and development spending of $12.0 million or 7.5%.

Net Income.   Net income in 2005 was $142.0 million, an increase of $52.2 million from $89.8 million in 2004.

Fiscal 2004 Compared to Fiscal 2003

Net Sales.   Net sales in 2004 were $766.9 million, an increase of $153.2 million, or 25.0%, from $613.7 million in 2003.

Research Models and Services.   In 2004, net sales from our RMS segment were $476.7 million, an increase of $48.5 million, or 11.3%, from $428.2 million in 2003. Favorable foreign currency translation contributed approximately 4% to our net sales gain. RMS global prices increased in a range up to 5% with the weighted average increase approximately 3%. Increased unit volume sales of both models and services added approximately 4% to the net sales increase. Sales of our research models and services increased due to increased general price increases, increased market demand for our higher priced specialty units, increased units and greater demand for services in our foreign locations. The RMS sales increase was driven by increases in basic research and biotechnology spending which drove greater demand for our products and services.

Preclinical Services.   In 2004, net sales from our Preclinical Services segment were $266.0 million, an increase of $80.5 million, or 43.3%, compared to $185.5 million in 2003. The increase was primarily due to the acquisition of Inveresk in October 2004 and the increased customer demand in toxicology and other preclinical services. Our preclinical services business benefited from the growth of the preclinical market reflecting increased drug development efforts and customers outsourcing. Foreign currency contributed less than 1% to the sales growth.

Clinical Services.   In the fourth quarter of 2004, we entered the Clinical Services business with the acquisition of Inveresk. Sales from our Clinical Services segment in 2004 were $24.3 million.

Cost of Products Sold and Services Provided.   Cost of products sold and services provided in 2004 was $468.4 million, an increase of $88.3 million, or 23.2%, from $380.1 million in 2003. Cost of products sold and services provided in 2004 was 61.1% of net sales, compared to 61.9% in 2003 with the improvement due to greater capacity utilization in the RMS and Preclinical Services segments. The acquired Inveresk businesses cost of goods sold and services provided include the appropriate depreciation, facilities cost and other costs which is a refinement of their pre-acquisition reporting where it was reported in selling, general and administrative expenses.

35




Research Models and Services.   Cost of products sold and services provided for RMS in 2004 was $269.9 million, an increase of $24.0 million, or 9.8%, compared to $245.9 million in 2003. Cost of products sold and services provided in 2004 improved to 56.6% of net sales compared to 57.4% of net sales in 2003. The decrease in cost of products sold and services provided as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to capacity utilization and greater operating efficiencies.

Preclinical Services.   Cost of products sold and services provided for the Preclinical Services segment in 2004 was $179.7 million, an increase of $45.5 million, or 33.9%, compared to $134.2 million in 2003. Cost of products sold and services provided as a percentage of net sales was 67.6% in 2004, compared to 72.3% in 2003. The decrease in cost of products sold and services provided as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to improved capacity utilization from the increased sales of services.

Clinical Services.   Cost of product sold and services provided for the Clinical Services segment in 2004 was $18.7 million. Cost of products sold and services provided as a percentage of net sales was 77.2%.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.   Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2004 were $121.4 million, an increase of $31.9 million, or 35.7%, from $89.5 million in 2003. Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2004 were 15.8% of net sales compared to 14.6% of net sales in 2003. The increase was due primarily to the write-off related to the closure of the Proteomics business in the fourth quarter, the Inveresk compensation charge for options and increased professional fees related to compliance with the internal control certification requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley and Inveresk integration costs.

Research Models and Services.   Selling, general and administrative expenses for RMS in 2004 were $54.1 million, an increase of $9.1 million, or 20.2%, compared to $45.0 million in 2003. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of sales to 11.3% in 2004 from 10.5% in 2003.

Preclinical Services.   Selling, general and administrative expenses for the Preclinical Services segment in 2004 were $38.5 million, an increase of $8.8 million, or 29.6%, compared to $29.7 million in 2003. Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2004 decreased to 14.5% of net sales, compared to 16.0% of net sales in 2003.

Clinical Services.   Selling, general and administrative expenses for the Clinical Services segment in 2004 were $2.3 million. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the Clinical Services segment were 9.5% of net sales in 2004.

Unallocated Corporate Overhead.   Unallocated corporate overhead, which consists of various corporate expenses including those associated with pension, executive salaries and departments such as corporate accounting, legal and investor relations, was $26.6 million in 2004, compared to $15.5 million in 2003. The substantial increase in unallocated corporate overhead in 2004 was due to professional fees associated with the European reorganization, increased bonuses and increased professional fees related to compliance with internal control certification requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley and the Inveresk merger.

Other Operating Expenses (Income).   During 2003, we recorded a $3.7 million charge in the Preclinical Services segment associated with the closure of a contract manufacturing facility. Also during 2003, our French subsidiaries settled a breach of contract claim they had asserted against a customer. After legal and related expenses, the net settlement amounted to a gain of approximately $2.9 million which was recorded in the RMS segment.

Amortization of Other Intangibles.   Amortization of other intangibles in 2004 was $16.8 million, an increase of $11.9 million, from $4.9 million in 2003. The increased amortization is primarily due to the acquisition of Inveresk.

36




Research Models and Services.   In 2004, amortization for our RMS segment was $0.2 million, a decrease of $0.6 million from $0.8 million in 2003.

Preclinical Services.   In 2004, amortization of other intangibles for our Preclinical Services segment was $14.1 million, an increase of $10.0 million from $4.1 million in 2003. The increase in amortization of other intangibles was primarily due to the acquisition of Inveresk.

Clinical Services.   In 2004, amortization for our Clinical Services segment was $2.5 million due to the acquisition of Inveresk.

Operating Income.   Operating income in 2004 was $160.3 million, an increase of $21.7 million, or 15.7%, from $138.6 million in 2003. Operating income in 2004 was 20.9% of net sales, compared to 22.6% of net sales in 2003. The decrease as a percent of sales is due primarily to the Inveresk related amortization, the Inveresk stock based compensation charge and the write-off associated with the closure of the Proteomics business.

Research Models and Services.   In 2004, operating income for our RMS segment was $152.6 million, an increase of $16.1 million, or 11.7%, from $136.5 million in 2003. Operating income as a percentage of net sales in 2004 was 32.0%, compared to 31.9% in 2003. The increase was primarily due to increased sales and a higher gross margin partially offset by the prior-year gain on the settlement of a breach of contract claim of $2.9 million or 0.7%.

Preclinical Services.   In 2004, operating income for our Preclinical Services segment was $33.6 million, an increase of $16.1 million, or 91.9%, from $17.5 million in 2003. Operating income as a percentage of net sales increased to 12.6%, compared to 9.4% of net sales in 2003. The increase in operating income in 2004 was primarily due to increased customer demand, the acquisition of Inveresk and a charge related to the write-down of certain contract manufacturing assets in 2003, partially offset by the increased amortization expense.

Clinical Services.   In 2004, operating income for our Clinical Services segment was $0.7 million. Operating income as a percentage of net sales was 3.0% in 2004.

Interest Expense.   Interest expense in 2004 was $11.8 million, compared to $8.5 million in 2003. The $3.3 million increase was primarily due to the increased borrowing as a result of the Inveresk acquisition.

Other Income.   Other income for 2004 was $0.7 million compared to $0.8 in 2003. The decrease was primarily due to less favorable foreign currency exchange rates in 2004.

Income Taxes.   Income tax expense for 2004 was $61.2 million, an increase of $10.1 million compared to $51.1 million in 2003. Our effective tax rate for 2004 was 40.1%. Excluding charges associated with the deferred tax write-off and the benefit from the reversal of the valuation allowance, the effective tax rate for 2004 was 36.2%, compared to the effective tax rate of 38.5% for 2003.

Net Income.   Net income in 2004 was $89.8 million, an increase of $9.6 million from $80.2 million in 2003.

37




Liquidity and Capital Resources

Fiscal 2005 Compared to Fiscal 2004

The following discussion analyzes liquidity and capital resources by operating, investing and financing activities as presented in our condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.

Our principal sources of liquidity have been our cash flow from operations and our revolving line of credit arrangements.

On December 20, 2005, we amended and restated our then-existing $550 million credit agreement to modify certain restrictive covenants as well as provide for a $65 million term loan facility and a $10 million revolving facility for a Canadian subsidiary and a $25 million term loan facility and a $10 million revolving facility for two U.K. subsidiaries (the $660 million credit agreement). Our now $660 million credit agreement originally provided for a $400 million term loan facility and a $150 million revolving facility. The $400 million term loan facility matures in 20 equal, quarterly installments with the last installment due September 30, 2009. The $150 million revolving facility matures on October 15, 2009 and requires no scheduled payment before that date. The new Canadian and U.K. term loans (aggregate $90 million) under the $660 million credit agreement are repayable in full by September 30, 2009 and require no scheduled prepayment before that date. The new revolving facilities (aggregate $20 million) mature on October 15, 2009 and require no scheduled prepayment before that date. The interest rate applicable to the Canadian and U.K. term loans and the Canadian and U.K. revolving loans under the credit agreement is the adjusted LIBOR rate in its relevant currency plus an interest rate margin based upon the our leverage ratio. The interest rates applicable to term loans and revolving loans under the credit agreement are, at our option, equal to either the base rate (which is the higher of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%) or the adjusted LIBOR rate plus an interest rate margin based upon our leverage ratio. Based on our leverage ratio, the margin range for LIBOR based loans is 0.75% to 1.25%. The interest rate margin was 0.875% as of December 31, 2005. The $660 million credit agreement includes certain customary representations and warranties, negative and affirmative covenants and events of default. We had $5.0 million outstanding under letters of credit as of December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004, respectively.

During the fourth quarter of 2005, we prepaid $120 million of our debt under the $400 million term loan facility, which resulted in a $2.2 million write-off of deferred financing costs.

The Company is also party to a $50 million credit agreement, which was entered into on July 27, 2005 and which was subsequently amended on December 20, 2005. The $50 million credit agreement provides for a $50 million term loan facility which matures on July 27, 2007 and can be extended for an additional 7 years. The interest rates applicable to term loans under this credit agreement are, at the our option, equal to either the base rate (which is the higher of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%) or the LIBOR rate plus 0.75%. The $50 million credit agreement includes certain customary representations and warranties, negative and affirmative covenants and events of default. Effective December 20, 2005, we amended this credit agreement to reflect substantially the same modifications made to the covenants in the $660  million credit agreement.

During the second quarter of 2005, we converted all of the $185 million 3.5% senior convertible debentures due February 1, 2022 into 4,759,424 shares of common stock. We recorded additional equity of $198.0 million due to the conversion, which represented the book value of the debentures ($185.0 million), deferred tax liability associated with the debentures ($14.5 million) and accrued interest ($1.4 million), partially offset by the write-off  of the deferred financing costs ($2.8 million). We issued $175.0 million par value of these senior convertible debentures through a private placement offering on January 24, 2002. Subsequently, we issued an additional $10,000 par value of senior convertible debentures through the

38




additional purchase option on February 11, 2002. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the senior convertible debenture offering to retire all of its 13.5% senior subordinated notes.

Cash and cash equivalents totaled $114.8 million at December 31, 2005, compared to $207.6 million at December 25, 2004.

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2005 and 2004 was $237.4 million and $184.8 million, respectively. The increase in cash provided by operations was primarily due to the acquisition of Inveresk as well as improvements in other businesses which increased net income. Our days sales outstanding increased to 33 days as of December 31, 2005, from 32 days as of December 25, 2004. During 2005, our pension was a $9.4 million use of funds due to increased funding.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2005 and 2004 was $115.1 million and $600.0 million, respectively. Our capital expenditures in 2005 were $95.5 million of which $24.6 million was related to RMS, $70.3 million related to Preclinical Services and $0.7 million to Clinical Services. For 2006, we project capital expenditures to be approximately $175 - $200 million. We anticipate that future capital expenditures will be funded by operating activities and existing credit facilities.

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2005 was $193.8 million and cash provided by financing activities in 2004 was $436.9 million. During 2005, we repaid $337.5 million of our debt partially offset by additional borrowing of $135.9 million.

Minimum future payments of our contractual obligations at December 31, 2005 are as follows:

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
1 Year

 

1-3
Years

 

4-5
Years

 

After
5 Years

 

Debt

 

$

296.1

 

 

$

36.2

 

 

$

123.2

 

$

136.7

 

 

$

 

 

 

Interest payments

 

38.8

 

 

14.8

 

 

20.4

 

3.6

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

 

0.6

 

 

0.3

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

85.2

 

 

19.5

 

 

33.1

 

19.8

 

 

12.8

 

 

Pension and Eslirp contributions

 

62.6

 

 

17.6

 

 

15.0

 

15.0

 

 

15.0

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

$

483.3

 

 

$

88.4

 

 

$

192.1

 

$

175.0

 

 

$

27.8

 

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements during any of fiscal 2005, 2004 or 2003.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

On December 16, 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Shared-Based Payment,” which is a revision of SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and amends SFAS No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS No. 123(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123. However, SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. This revised standard will be effective for us beginning with the first quarter in 2006.

As permitted by SFAS No. 123, we currently account for share-based payments to employees using APB 25 intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)’s fair value method will have an impact on our financial statements, although it will have no impact on our overall financial position. The impact of the modified prospective adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) cannot be estimated at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted in the future. However, had we adopted SFAS No. 123(R) in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of SFAS 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share.

39




Item 7A.                Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Certain of our financial instruments are subject to market risks, including interest rate risk and foreign currency exchange rates. We generally do not use financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

The fair value of our marketable securities is subject to interest rate risk and will fall in value if market interest rates increase. If market rates were to increase immediately and uniformly by 100 basis points from levels at December 31, 2005, then the fair value of the portfolio would decline by approximately $0.2 million.

We have entered into two credit agreements, the $660 million credit agreement and the $50 million credit agreement. Our primary interest rate exposure results from changes in LIBOR or the base rates which are used to determine the applicable interest rates under our term loans in the $660 million credit agreement and in the $50 million agreement and our revolving credit facilities. Our potential loss over one year that would result from a hypothetical, instantaneous and unfavorable change of 100 basis points in the interest rate would be approximately $5 million on a pre-tax basis. The book value of our debt approximates fair value.

During the second quarter of 2005, we converted all of its $185 million 3.5% senior convertible debentures due February 1, 2022 into 4,759,424 shares of common stock.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We operate on a global basis and have exposure to some foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations for our earnings and cash flows. This risk is mitigated by the fact that various foreign operations are principally conducted in their respective local currencies. A portion of our foreign operations’ revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars, with the costs accounted for in their local currencies. We attempt to minimize this exposure by using certain financial instruments, for purposes other than trading, in accordance with our overall risk management and our hedge policy. In accordance with our hedge policy, we designate such transactions as hedges as set forth in SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

During 2005, we utilized foreign exchange contracts, principally to hedge the impact of currency fluctuations on customer transactions and certain balance sheet items. No material, foreign exchange contracts were outstanding on December 31, 2005.

40




Item 8.                        Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX

 

Page

 

Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

 

 

 

 

Report of Management

 

 

42

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

43

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2005, December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003

 

 

45

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004

 

 

46

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003

 

 

47

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2005, December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003

 

 

48

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

49

 

 

Financial Statement Schedules:

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

 

83

 

 

Supplementary Data:

 

 

 

 

 

Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

 

 

84

 

 

 

41




Report of Management

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of the company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) or 15(d)-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

·       Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

·       Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and

·       Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005. In making this assessment, the company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework.

Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2005, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent, registered public accounting firm, as stated within their report which appears herein.

42




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Charles River Laboratories International, Inc.:

We have completed integrated audits of Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. and its subsidiaries’ December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 and audits of its December 27, 2003 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index  presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of  December 31, 2005 based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

43




A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 10, 2006

44




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

December 27,
2003

 

Net sales related to products

 

 

364,303

 

 

 

$

339,994

 

 

 

$

308,201

 

 

Net sales related to services

 

 

757,925

 

 

 

426,923

 

 

 

305,522

 

 

Net sales

 

 

1,122,228

 

 

 

766,917

 

 

 

613,723

 

 

Costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of products sold

 

 

199,517

 

 

 

185,428

 

 

 

170,524

 

 

Cost of services provided

 

 

493,976

 

 

 

282,923

 

 

 

209,534

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

189,544

 

 

 

121,448

 

 

 

89,489

 

 

Other operating expenses, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

747

 

 

Amortization of other intangibles

 

 

58,172

 

 

 

16,795

 

 

 

4,876

 

 

Operating income

 

 

181,019

 

 

 

160,323

 

 

 

138,553

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

3,929

 

 

 

3,285

 

 

 

1,774

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(24,361

)

 

 

(11,806

)

 

 

(8,480

)

 

Other, net

 

 

(174

)

 

 

723

 

 

 

783

 

 

Income before income taxes and minority interests

 

 

160,413

 

 

 

152,525

 

 

 

132,630

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

16,576

 

 

 

61,156

 

 

 

51,063

 

 

Income before minority interests

 

 

143,837

 

 

 

91,369

 

 

 

81,567

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

(1,838

)

 

 

(1,577

)

 

 

(1,416

)

 

Net income

 

 

$

141,999

 

 

 

$

89,792

 

 

 

$

80,151

 

 

Earnings per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

$

2.04

 

 

 

$

1.81

 

 

 

$

1.76

 

 

Diluted

 

 

$

1.96

 

 

 

$

1.68

 

 

 

$

1.64

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

45




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

114,821

 

 

 

$

207,566

 

 

Trade receivables, net

 

 

203,274

 

 

 

201,794

 

 

Inventories

 

 

65,270

 

 

 

61,914

 

 

Other current assets

 

 

35,957

 

 

 

39,032

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

419,322

 

 

 

510,306

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

399,454

 

 

 

357,149

 

 

Goodwill, net

 

 

1,417,666

 

 

 

1,422,586

 

 

Other intangibles, net

 

 

199,148

 

 

 

256,294

 

 

Deferred tax asset, net

 

 

67,911

 

 

 

50,412

 

 

Other assets

 

 

34,708

 

 

 

30,088

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

2,538,209

 

 

 

$

2,626,835

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

 

$

36,445

 

 

 

$

80,865

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

30,447

 

 

 

28,672

 

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

40,358

 

 

 

46,037

 

 

Deferred income

 

 

116,302

 

 

 

117,490

 

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

44,279

 

 

 

51,722

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

43,581

 

 

 

24,329

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

311,412

 

 

 

349,115

 

 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

 

260,217

 

 

 

605,980

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

129,849

 

 

 

189,443

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

701,478

 

 

 

1,144,538

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

9,718

 

 

 

9,792

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 120,000,000 shares authorized; 72,361,666 and 65,785,328 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004, respectively

 

 

724

 

 

 

658

 

 

Capital in excess of par value

 

 

1,777,625

 

 

 

1,518,854

 

 

Retained earnings (deficit)

 

 

78,906

 

 

 

(63,093

)

 

Treasury stock, at cost, 406,175 shares at December 31, 2005

 

 

(17,997

)

 

 

 

 

Unearned compensation

 

 

(20,785

)

 

 

(11,607

)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

8,540

 

 

 

27,693

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

1,827,013

 

 

 

1,472,505

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

$

2,538,209

 

 

 

$

2,626,835

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

46




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(dollars in thousands)

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

December 27,
2003

 

Cash flows relating to operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

$

141,999

 

 

 

$

89,792

 

 

 

$

80,151

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

102,455

 

 

 

46,309

 

 

 

29,564

 

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts

 

 

2,135

 

 

 

1,642

 

 

 

1,216

 

 

Amortization of premiums on marketable securities

 

 

47

 

 

 

225

 

 

 

341

 

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

139

 

 

 

786

 

 

 

1,494

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

1,838

 

 

 

1,577

 

 

 

1,416

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(37,406

)

 

 

9,079

 

 

 

8,890

 

 

Tax benefit from exercises of employee stock options

 

 

8,767

 

 

 

13,804

 

 

 

3,197

 

 

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

 

267

 

 

 

460

 

 

 

505

 

 

Asset impairment charge

 

 

7,831

 

 

 

2,956

 

 

 

3,655

 

 

Deferred financing cost write-off

 

 

2,155

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

 

 

Litigation settlement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,908

)

 

Non-cash compensation

 

 

16,974

 

 

 

3,815

 

 

 

1,102

 

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

Trade receivables

 

 

(9,481

)

 

 

(7,260

)

 

 

(13,356

)

 

Inventories

 

 

(5,801

)

 

 

(6,363

)

 

 

(5,733

)

 

Other current assets

 

 

3,642

 

 

 

(2,248

)

 

 

2,590

 

 

Other assets

 

 

(240

)

 

 

(1,466

)

 

 

502

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

2,535

 

 

 

(2,322

)

 

 

4,486

 

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

(4,125

)

 

 

4,694

 

 

 

(6,464

)

 

Deferred income

 

 

(1,301

)

 

 

22,847

 

 

 

6,308

 

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(5,724

)

 

 

(9,216

)

 

 

(740

)

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

18,814

 

 

 

11,586

 

 

 

(2,919

)

 

Pension

 

 

(9,410

)

 

 

2,087

 

 

 

2,392

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

592

 

 

 

1,938

 

 

 

3,077

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

236,702

 

 

 

184,827

 

 

 

123,766

 

 

Cash flows relating to investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

 

(3,400

)

 

 

(571,992

)

 

 

(10,841

)

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

(95,550

)

 

 

(45,336

)

 

 

(32,704

)

 

Purchases of marketable securities

 

 

(15,580

)

 

 

(16,689

)

 

 

(21,824

)

 

Proceeds from sale of marketable securities

 

 

405

 

 

 

32,621

 

 

 

1,108

 

 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

132

 

 

 

1,427

 

 

 

872

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(113,993

)

 

 

(599,969

)

 

 

(63,389

)

 

Cash flows relating to financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term debt and revolving credit facility

 

 

133,700

 

 

 

594,000

 

 

 

6,943

 

 

Payments on long-term debt, revolving credit facility and capital lease obligations

 

 

(337,487

)

 

 

(174,046

)

 

 

(17,026

)

 

Payments of deferred financing cost

 

 

(1,516

)

 

 

(7,449

)

 

 

(783

)

 

Proceeds from exercises of employee stock options

 

 

25,987

 

 

 

26,554

 

 

 

3,069

 

 

Proceeds from exercises of warrants

 

 

1,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

907

 

 

Dividends paid to minority interests

 

 

(1,400

)

 

 

(2,112

)

 

 

(1,902

)

 

Purchase of treasury shares

 

 

(17,997

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(197,577

)

 

 

436,947

 

 

 

(8,792

)

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(17,877

)

 

 

3,430

 

 

 

8,237

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(92,745

)

 

 

25,235

 

 

 

59,822

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

207,566

 

 

 

182,331

 

 

 

122,509

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

 

$

114,821

 

 

 

$

207,566

 

 

 

$

182,331

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

 

$

21,776

 

 

 

$

6,994

 

 

 

$

6,957

 

 

Cash paid for taxes

 

 

$

10,074

 

 

 

$

36,302

 

 

 

$

37,736

 

 

Supplemental non-cash investing activities information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock related to the Inveresk acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

$

841,042

 

 

 

$

 

 

Conversion of senior convertible debenture to common stock

 

 

$

198,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

47




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(dollars in thousands)

 

 

Total

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

 

Common
Stock

 

Capital in
Excess of
Par

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Unearned
Compensation

 

Balance at December 28, 2002

 

$

357,376

 

$

(233,036

)

 

$

(9,567

)

 

 

$

452

 

 

$

601,728

 

$

 

 

$

(2,201

)

 

Components of comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

80,151

 

$

80,151

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

19,015

 

 

 

19,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

(266

)

 

 

(266

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

 

72

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

98,972

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

3,069

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

3,065

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

3,197

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,197

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of warrants

 

907

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

905

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of restricted stock to employees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

886

 

 

 

(886

)

 

Amortization of unearned compensation

 

1,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,102

 

 

Balance at December 27, 2003

 

$

464,623

 

$

(152,885

)

 

$

9,254

 

 

 

$

458

 

 

$

609,781

 

$

 

 

$

(1,985

)

 

Components of comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

89,792

 

$

89,792

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

19,960

 

 

 

19,960

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

(1,475

)

 

 

(1,475

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

 

(46

)

 

 

(46

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

108,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock related to acquisition

 

841,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

185

 

 

840,857

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of stock option exchange related to acquisition

 

30,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,694

 

 

 

(11,344

)

 

Transaction cost related to acquisition

 

(10,122

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,122

)

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

26,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

26,539

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

8,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,011

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of restricted stock to employees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,513

 

 

 

(1,513

)

 

Performance based compensation

 

581

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

581

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of unearned compensation

 

3,235

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,235

 

 

Balance at December 25, 2004

 

$

1,472,505

 

$

(63,093

)

 

$

27,693

 

 

 

$

658

 

 

$

1,518,854

 

$

 

 

$

(11,607

)

 

Components of comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

141,999

 

$

141,999

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

(19,444

)

 

 

(19,444

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

331

 

 

 

331

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

 

(40

)

 

 

(40

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on hedging activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

122,846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

25,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

25,976

 

 

 

 

 

Acceleration of stock options

 

1,556

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,556

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

7,597

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,597

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of warrants

 

1,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

1,134

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of restricted stock to employees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

24,591

 

 

 

(24,596

)

 

Amortization of unearned compensation

 

15,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,418

 

 

Performance based compensation

 

(55

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

 

 

Purchase of treasury shares

 

(17,997

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17,997

)

 

 

 

Conversion of convertible debentures

 

198,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

 

197,972

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

$

1,827,013

 

$

78,906

 

 

$

8,540

 

 

 

$

724

 

 

$

1,777,625

 

$

(17,997

)

 

$

(20,785

)

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

48




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

1.   Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the Company) is a leading global provider of solutions that advance the drug discovery and development process. The Company’s fiscal year is the twelve-month period ending the last Saturday in December.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include all majority-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts, transactions and profits are eliminated. Results for three majority-owned subsidiaries are recorded on a one-month lag basis. There were no material transactions or events for these subsidiaries between the reporting date and December 31, 2005.

Use of Estimates

The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and, as such, include amounts based on informed estimates and judgments of management with consideration given to materiality. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include time deposits and highly liquid investments with remaining maturities at the purchase date of three months or less.

Trade Receivables and Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company records trade receivables net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts which it believes is adequate to cover anticipated losses on the collection of all outstanding trade receivable balances. The adequacy of the doubtful account allowance is based on historical information, a review of major customer accounts, receivable balances and management’s assessment of current economic conditions. The Company reassesses the allowance for doubtful accounts each quarter.

The composition of net trade receivables is as follows:

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

Customer receivables

 

 

$

149,225

 

 

 

$

155,549

 

 

Unbilled revenue

 

 

56,566

 

 

 

50,082

 

 

Total

 

 

205,791

 

 

 

205,631

 

 

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(2,517

)

 

 

(3,837

)

 

Net trade receivables

 

 

$

203,274

 

 

 

$

201,794

 

 

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade receivables from customers in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. The

49




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

1.   Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Company believes its exposure to credit risk to be minimal, as these industries have experienced significant growth and the customers are predominantly well established and viable.

Marketable Securities

The Company accounts for its investment in marketable securities in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.” Investments in marketable securities consist of corporate debt securities and government securities and obligations which are classified as securities available for sale.

Realized gains and losses on securities classified as available for sale are included in earnings and are determined using the specific identification method. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of related tax effects, are excluded from earnings and are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of shareholders’ equity, until realized. The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization and accretion is included in interest income.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined principally on the average cost method, or market. The determination of market value involves assessment of numerous factors, including costs to dispose of inventory and estimated selling price. Reserves are recorded to reduce the carrying value for inventory determined damaged, obsolete or otherwise unsaleable. Costs for large animals are accumulated in inventory until the animals are sold.

The composition of inventories is as follows:

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

Raw materials and supplies

 

 

$

11,064

 

 

 

$

9,393

 

 

Work in process

 

 

5,615

 

 

 

3,431

 

 

Finished products

 

 

48,591

 

 

 

49,090

 

 

Inventories

 

 

$

65,270

 

 

 

$

61,914

 

 

 

Other Current Assets

Other current assets consist of assets the Company intends to dispose of within the next twelve months.

50




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

1.   Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The composition of other current assets is as follows:

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

Prepaid assets

 

 

$

13,433

 

 

 

$

16,045

 

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

8,041

 

 

 

10,675

 

 

Prepaid income tax

 

 

10,630

 

 

 

8,551

 

 

Marketable securities

 

 

1,677

 

 

 

234

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

2,176

 

 

 

3,527

 

 

Other current assets

 

 

$

35,957

 

 

 

$

39,032

 

 

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment, including improvements that significantly add to productive capacity or extend useful life, are recorded at cost, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The Company capitalizes interest on certain construction projects which amounted to $810 in 2005. No interest was capitalized in 2004 and 2003. Depreciation is calculated for financial reporting purposes using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows: buildings, 20 to 40 years; machinery and equipment, 2 to 20 years; furniture and fixtures, 5 to 7 years; vehicles, 2 to 4 years; and leasehold improvements, the shorter of estimated useful life or the lease periods.

The composition of net property, plant and equipment is as follows:

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

Land

 

 

$

15,411

 

 

 

$

16,196

 

 

Buildings

 

 

308,684

 

 

 

282,733

 

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

253,218

 

 

 

234,043

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

19,243

 

 

 

19,926

 

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

7,534

 

 

 

6,401

 

 

Vehicles

 

 

4,712

 

 

 

4,547

 

 

Construction in progress

 

 

62,426

 

 

 

37,711

 

 

Total

 

 

671,228

 

 

 

601,557

 

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(271,774

)

 

 

(244,408

)

 

Net property, plant and equipment

 

 

$

399,454

 

 

 

$

357,149

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $44,283, $29,514 and $24,688, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Effective at the beginning of fiscal 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” which establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are no longer amortized but are reviewed at least annually for impairment. Separate intangible assets that have finite useful lives continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives.

51




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

1.   Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill be tested at least annually for impairment using a two-step process. The first step is to identify a potential impairment. The second step of the impairment test measures the amount of the impairment loss. The Company completed the annual impairment tests in 2005 and 2004 and concluded there was no impairment of goodwill. Intangible assets deemed to have an indefinite life are tested for impairment using a one-step process which compares the fair value to the carrying amount of the asset. The Company completed the annual impairment tests in 2005 and 2004 and concluded there was no impairment of identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

Other Assets

Other assets consist of assets that the Company does not intend to dispose of within the next twelve months.

The composition of other assets is as follows:

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

Deferred financing costs

 

 

$

4,850

 

 

 

$

10,454

 

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance policies

 

 

7,423

 

 

 

7,391

 

 

Long term marketable securities

 

 

18,341

 

 

 

4,345

 

 

Pension asset

 

 

0

 

 

 

3,801

 

 

Other assets

 

 

4,094

 

 

 

4,097

 

 

Other assets

 

 

$

34,708

 

 

 

$

30,088

 

 

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets,” in 2002. The Company evaluates long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposal are less than its carrying amount. In such instances, the carrying value of long-lived assets is reduced to the estimated fair value, as determined using an appraisal or discounted cash flows, as appropriate.

Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consist of liabilities the Company intends to settle within the next twelve months.

The composition of other current liabilities is as follows:

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

Accrued income taxes

 

 

$

35,893

 

 

 

$

18,027

 

 

Current deferred tax liability

 

 

4,953

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest

 

 

2,735

 

 

 

6,302

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

$

43,581

 

 

 

$

24,329

 

 

 

52




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

1.   Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Other Long-Term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consist of liabilities the Company does not intend to settle within the next twelve months.

The composition of other long-term liabilities is as follows:

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

Deferred tax liability

 

 

$

43,702

 

 

 

$

93,143

 

 

Long-term pension liability

 

 

52,835

 

 

 

63,783

 

 

Accrued Executive Supplemental Life Insurance Retirement Plan

 

 

17,567

 

 

 

16,326

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

15,745

 

 

 

16,191

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

$

129,849

 

 

 

$

189,443

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

As permitted under SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” the Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plans using the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 44 (FIN 44), “Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation—an interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25.” Also, the Company accounts for variable restricted stock grants under the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 28, “Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Options Award Plans.” The Company recognizes compensation expenses for fixed and variable restricted stock grants over the restriction period.

SFAS No. 123 requires the presentation of certain pro forma information as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value method. For purposes of this disclosure, the fair value of the fixed option grants was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions used for option grants:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.0

%

3.1

%

3.1

%

Volatility factor

 

35.0

%

35.0

%

51.3

%

Weighted average expected life (years)

 

5.0

 

5.0

 

6.0

 

 

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because the Company’s employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimates, in management’s opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options. However, for each period presented, management believes the

53




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

1.   Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Black-Scholes model is the most appropriate option valuation model. The weighted average Black-Scholes fair value for the 2005, 2004 and 2003 grants was $17.97, $15.57 and $17.04, respectively.

Had compensation expense for the Company’s option grants been recognized consistent with the provision of SFAS No. 123 as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 123,” the Company’s net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

December 27,
2002

 

Reported net income

 

 

$

141,999

 

 

 

$

89,792

 

 

 

$

80,151

 

 

Add: Stock-based employee compensation included in reported net income, net of tax

 

 

10,490

 

 

 

2,431

 

 

 

678

 

 

Less: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards, net of tax

 

 

(29,735

)

 

 

(17,341

)

 

 

(10,456

)

 

Pro forma net income

 

 

$

122,754

 

 

 

$

74,882

 

 

 

$

70,373

 

 

Reported basic earnings per share

 

 

$

2.04

 

 

 

$

1.81

 

 

 

$

1.76

 

 

Pro forma basic earnings per share

 

 

$

1.76

 

 

 

$

1.51

 

 

 

$

1.55

 

 

Reported diluted earnings per share

 

 

$

1.96

 

 

 

$

1.68

 

 

 

$

1.64

 

 

Pro forma diluted earnings per share

 

 

$

1.70

 

 

 

$

1.41

 

 

 

$

1.45

 

 

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue related to its products and services in accordance with the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition.”

The Company recognizes revenue related to its products, which include research models, in vitro technology and vaccine support products, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, generally in the form of customer purchase orders, title and risk of loss have transferred, which occurs upon delivery of the products, the sales price is fixed and determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. These recognition criteria are met at the time the product is delivered to the customer’s site. Product sales are recorded net of returns upon delivery. For large models in some cases customers pay in advance of delivery of the product. These advances are deferred and recognized as revenue upon delivery of the product.

The Company’s service revenue is comprised of toxicology, pathology, laboratory, clinical Phase I trials, clinical trials management services, transgenic and contract staffing services and is generally evidenced by customer contracts. Toxicology services provide highly specialized studies to evaluate the safety and toxicity of new pharmaceutical compounds and materials used in medical devices. Pathology services provide the ability to identify and characterize pathologic changes within tissues and cells in determining the safety of a new compound. Laboratory services monitor and analyze health and genetics of research models used in research protocols. Clinical Phase I conducts tolerability assessment to explore human pharmacology. Clinical trials management provides customized program management to coordinate and manage clinical trial programs. Transgenic services include validating, maintaining, breeding and testing research models for biomedical research activities. Contract staffing services provide

54




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

1.   Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

management of animal care operations on behalf of government, academic, pharmaceutical and biotechnology organizations.

The toxicology, pathology and clinical Phase I trials services arrangements typically range from one to six months but can range up to approximately 24 months in length. These agreements are negotiated for a fixed fee. Laboratory service arrangements are generally completed within a one-month period and are also of a fixed fee nature. Transgenic, contract staffing services and clinical trial management are of a longer-term nature, from six months to five years, and are billed at agreed upon rates as specified in the contract.

The Company’s service revenues are recognized upon the Company’s completion of the agreed upon performance criteria. These performance criteria are generally in the form of either study protocols or specified activities or procedures which the Company is engaged to perform. These performance criteria are established by the Company’s customers and do not contain acceptance provisions which are based upon the achievement of certain study or laboratory testing results. Revenue of agreed upon rate contracts is recognized as services are performed, based upon rates specified in the contract. Revenue of fixed fee contracts is recognized as services are performed in accordance with agreed-upon study protocols.

Deferred and unbilled revenue is recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. In some cases, a portion of the contract fee is paid at the time the study is initiated. These advances are deferred and recognized as revenue as services are performed. Unbilled services are recorded for revenues recognized to date and relate to amounts that are currently unbillable to the customer pursuant to contractual terms. In general, amounts become billable upon the achievement of milestones or in accordance with predetermined payment schedules.

Guarantees

The Company includes standard indemnification provisions in its customer contracts, which include standard provisions limiting the Company’s liability under such contracts, including the Company’s indemnification obligations, with certain exceptions.

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

The Company follows the requirements of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and used for hedging activities. All derivatives, whether designed for hedging relationships or not, are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, all changes in the fair value of the derivative and changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of the changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in the statement of operations when the hedged item effects earnings. The ineffective portions of both fair value and cash flow hedges are immediately recognized as earnings.

55




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

1.   Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of the Company’s significant financial instruments, which include cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximate their fair values at December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004. The fair value of the Company’s financing instruments was $296,090 and $726,429 based on market rates at December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” The asset and liability approach underlying SFAS No. 109 requires the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that these items will expire before the Company is able to realize their benefits or that their future deductibility is uncertain.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currencies of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are in local currency. In accordance with SFAS No. 52, “Foreign Currency Translation,” the financial statements of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars as follows: assets and liabilities at year-end exchange rates; income, expenses and cash flows at average exchange rates; and shareholders’ equity at historical exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustment is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying balance sheet. Exchange gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are recorded as other income or expense. The Company recorded  an exchange loss of $1,015 in 2005 and exchange gains of $418 and $702 in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Comprehensive Income

The Company accounts for comprehensive income in accordance with SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income.” As it relates to the Company, comprehensive income is defined as net income plus the sum of the changes in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale marketable securities, unrealized gains (losses) on hedging activities, foreign currency translation adjustments and minimum pension liabilities (collectively, other comprehensive income) and is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, net of tax.

Pension Obligations

The Company recognizes obligations associated with its defined benefit pension plans in accordance with SFAS No. 87, “Employers Accounting for Pensions.” Assets, liabilities and expenses are calculated by accredited independent actuaries. As required by SFAS No. 87, the Company is required to make certain assumptions to value the plan assets and liabilities. These assumptions are reviewed annually, or whenever otherwise required by SFAS No. 87, based on reviews of current plan information and consultations with independent investment advisors and actuaries. The selection of assumptions requires a high degree of judgment and may materially change from period to period. The Company does not offer other defined

56




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

1.   Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

benefits associated with post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions. The Company adopted the disclosure requirements under SFAS No. 132R, “Employers’ Disclosure about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88 and 106,” as of December 25, 2004 for both domestic and foreign defined benefit plans.

Restructuring Costs

The Company recognizes obligations associated with restructuring activities in accordance with SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 146 as of the beginning of fiscal 2003, which generally requires a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized and measured initially at its fair value in the period in which the liability is incurred. The overall purpose of the Company’s restructuring actions is to lower overall operating costs and improve profitability by reducing excess capacities. Restructuring charges are typically recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the period in which the plan is approved by the Company’s senior management and, where material, the Company’s Board of Directors, and when the liability is incurred.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share are calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of common shares outstanding to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares had been issued.

New Accounting Pronouncements

On December 16, 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Shared-Based Payment,” which is a revision of SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and amends SFAS No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS No. 123(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123. However, SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. This revised standard will be effective for the Company beginning with the first quarter in 2006.

As permitted by SFAS No. 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using APB No. 25 intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)’s fair value method will have an impact on the Company’s result of operations, although it will have no impact on the Company’s overall financial position. The impact of the modified prospective adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) cannot be estimated at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted in the future. However, had the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of SFAS 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share.

57




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

2.   Business Acquisitions

The Company acquired several businesses during the three-year period ended December 31, 2005. The results of operations of the acquired businesses are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Significant acquisitions include the following:

On October 20, 2004, the Company’s shareholders approved the merger agreement with Inveresk Research Group (Inveresk). The acquisition strengthened the Company’s position as a leading global provider of essential preclinical and clinical drug development services and products. The strategic combination significantly expanded the Company’s service portfolio and strengthened the Company’s global footprint in the growing market for pharmaceutical research and development products and services. Under the terms of the merger agreement, Inveresk shareholders received 0.48 shares of the Company’s common stock and $15.15 in cash for each share of Inveresk common stock they owned. The purchase price of $1,458,057 consisted of $841,042 representing the fair value of the Company’s common stock of 18,451,996 shares issued, $582,391 of cash consideration, the fair value of the Company’s stock options exchanged for Inveresk stock options and transaction costs incurred by the Company. The Company utilized $161,229 of available cash and $500,000 of borrowings under its existing credit facility for the cash consideration paid to Inveresk shareholders and to pay off Inveresk’s existing credit facility of approximately $78,838.

The purchase price associated with the Inveresk acquisition is as follows:

Stock consideration

 

$

841,042

 

Cash consideration

 

582,391

 

Fair value of stock options exchange

 

30,350

 

Transaction costs

 

4,274

 

Purchase price

 

1,458,057

 

Cash acquired

 

(41,726

)

Purchase price, net of cash acquired

 

$

1,416,331

 

 

The final purchase price allocation associated with the Inveresk acquisition is as follows:

Current assets (excluding cash)

 

$

93,895

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

126,602

 

Current liabilities

 

(194,401

)

Non-current liabilities

 

(152,374

)

Goodwill and other intangibles acquired

 

1,542,609

 

Total purchase price allocation

 

$

1,416,331

 

 

58




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

2.   Business Acquisitions (Continued)

The breakout of goodwill and other intangibles acquired with the Inveresk acquisition was as follows:

 

 

 

 

Weighted
average
amortization
life (years)

 

Customer relationships

 

$

167,700

 

 

21

 

 

Backlog

 

63,700

 

 

3

 

 

Trademarks and trade names

 

700

 

 

1

 

 

Goodwill

 

1,310,509

 

 

 

 

Total goodwill and other intangibles

 

$

1,542,609

 

 

 

 

 

 

On January 8, 2004, the Company acquired River Valley Farms, Inc. (RVF), a privately held medical device contract research business. Consideration, including acquisition expenses, was $16,972, net of cash acquired of $347. RVF was acquired to strengthen service offerings of the Company’s Preclinical Services segment. This acquisition was recorded as a purchase business combination in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141, “Business Combinations.”

The final purchase price allocation associated with the RVF acquisition is as follows:

Current assets

 

$

2,135

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

5,987

 

Current liabilities

 

(2,828

)

Non-current liabilities

 

(2,315

)

Goodwill and other intangibles acquired

 

13,993

 

Consideration, net of cash acquired

 

$

16,972

 

 

The breakout of goodwill and other intangibles acquired with the RVF acquisition was as follows:

 

 

 

 

Weighted
average
amortization
life (years)

 

Customer relationships

 

$

3,800

 

 

12

 

 

Goodwill

 

10,193

 

 

 

 

Total goodwill and other intangibles

 

$

13,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective January 2, 2003, the Company acquired an additional 19% of the equity (404,321 common shares) of Charles River Japan from Ajinomoto Company, Inc. (Ajinomoto), the minority interest partner, which increased the Company’s ownership to 85% of the outstanding shares. The purchase price for the equity was 1.3 billion yen, or $10,841, which was paid in cash. The Company recorded goodwill of $2,553 based on the preliminary purchase price allocation in the first quarter of 2003. The Company reallocated this amount to fixed assets based on an independent valuation of these fixed assets, which was completed during the second quarter of 2003. Charles River Japan is an extension of the Company’s Research Models

59




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

2.   Business Acquisitions (Continued)

and Services segment. During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability of $1,001 related to the purchase price allocation.

The following selected unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations are presented as if each of the acquisitions had occurred as of the beginning of the period immediately preceding the period of acquisition after giving effect to certain adjustments including the amortization of intangibles. The pro forma data is for informational purposes only and does not necessarily reflect the results of operations had the companies operated as one during the periods reported. No effect has been given for synergies, if any, that may have been realized through the acquisitions.

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

(Actual)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

December 27,
2003

 

Net sales

 

 

1,122,228

 

 

 

$

1,018,282

 

 

 

$

892,598

 

 

Operating income

 

 

181,019

 

 

 

150,138

 

 

 

119,085

 

 

Net income

 

 

141,999

 

 

 

83,331

 

 

 

65,980

 

 

Earnings per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

$

2.04

 

 

 

$

1.29

 

 

 

$

1.04

 

 

Diluted

 

 

$

1.96

 

 

 

$

1.22

 

 

 

$

1.00

 

 

 

Refer to Note 8 for further discussion of the method of computation of earnings per share.

3.   Impairment and Other Charges

During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company recorded a charge of $6,511 associated with the closure of Charles River Wisconsin (RVF) and a charge of $1,572 associated with a lease impairment at our Clinical facility in North Carolina. Our Charles River Wisconsin facility was included in the Preclinical Services segment. The charge for Charles River Wisconsin was recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses included an asset impairment charge of $2,991, an intangible impairment of $3,067, severance of $253 and other related expenses of $200. The severance will be settled in cash during 2006. Our North Carolina facility is included in the Clinical segment.

During the fourth quarter of 2004, the company recorded a charge of $2,956 associated with the closure of the Charles River Proteomic Services, which was included in the Preclinical Services segment. The charge included an asset impairment charge of $1,539, a lease impairment of $989, severance of $41 and other related expenses of $389.

During the second and third quarters of 2003, the Company recorded a total charge of $954, included in the Preclinical Services segment, for severance to employees who were terminated as part of a cost savings program. The Company recorded $690 of the charge to cost of services provided and $264 to selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income. Approximately 100 employees, mainly technicians, technical support and administrative staff, were terminated as part of the cost savings program. As of December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003, the year end accrual for the remaining severance was $0 and $104, respectively.

60




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

3.   Impairment and Other Charges (Continued)

During the first quarter of 2003, the Company re-evaluated the marketability of certain long-lived assets related to a biopharmaceutical production facility in Maryland, which is included in the Preclinical Services segment, due to a significant decline in market interest in purchasing these assets. Since the Company was unable to locate a buyer for these assets, an impairment charge was recognized because future undiscounted cash flows were estimated to be insufficient to recover the related book value. The Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $3,655 for the write-down of those assets including a net write-down of leasehold improvements of $2,195 and machinery and equipment of $1,460. The charge was recorded as other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

4.   Litigation Settlement

On March 28, 2003, the Company’s French subsidiaries, which are included in the Research Models and Services segment, settled a pending breach of contract claim against a customer. The Company’s French subsidiaries had previously been awarded damages of approximately $4,600 by the Commercial Court of Lyon and the damages award was stayed pending appeal by the customer at the French Supreme Court. The final settlement of this dispute was for a gross value of approximately $3,750, resulting in the retention by the Company’s French subsidiaries of the amount previously deposited by the customer, pursuant to the order of the Commercial Court of Lyon and recorded in deferred income in the consolidated balance sheet. During 2000, the Company recognized approximately $350 of the damages award to offset a portion of subcontractor costs incurred based on the indemnification clause in the original customer agreement. After legal and related expenses, the Company’s French subsidiaries recorded a net gain for the retained settlement amount of $2,908, which was recorded in the first quarter of 2003 as other operating income in the consolidated statements of income.

5.   Marketable Securities

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and fair value for marketable securities available for sale by major security type were as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

$

3,320

 

 

 

$

14

 

 

 

$

(29

)

 

$

3,305

 

Government securities and obligations

 

 

16,718

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(15

)

 

16,713

 

 

 

 

$

20,038

 

 

 

$

24

 

 

 

$

(44

)

 

$

20,018

 

 

 

 

December 25, 2004

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

$

2,071

 

 

 

$

8

 

 

 

$

(5

)

 

$

2,074

 

Government securities and obligations

 

 

2,477

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

2,505

 

 

 

 

$

4,548

 

 

 

$

36

 

 

 

$

(5

)

 

$

4,579

 

 

61




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

5.   Marketable Securities (Continued)

Maturities of corporate debt securities and government securities and obligations classified as available for sale were as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2005

 

December 25, 2004

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Due less than one year

 

 

$

1,687

 

 

$

1,677

 

 

$

233

 

 

$

234

 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

18,351

 

 

18,341

 

 

4,315

 

 

4,345

 

 

 

 

$

20,038

 

 

$

20,018

 

 

$

4,548

 

 

$

4,579

 

 

Marketable securities due after one year are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

6.   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following table displays goodwill and other intangible assets not subject to amortization and other intangible assets that continue to be subject to amortization:

 

 

December 31, 2005

 

December 25, 2004

 

 

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Goodwill

 

$

1,430,316

 

 

$

(12,650

)

 

$

1,435,414

 

 

$

(12,828

)

 

Other intangible assets not subject to amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research models

 

3,438

 

 

 

 

3,438

 

 

 

 

Other intangible assets subject to amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Backlog

 

64,655

 

 

(50,141

)

 

65,368

 

 

(11,040

)

 

Customer relationships

 

197,758

 

 

(25,367

)

 

202,956

 

 

(9,823

)

 

Customer contracts

 

1,655

 

 

(1,590

)

 

1,655

 

 

(1,429

)

 

Trademarks and trade names

 

3,914

 

 

(2,267

)

 

3,939

 

 

(1,377

)

 

Standard operating procedures

 

1,349

 

 

(1,012

)

 

1,358

 

 

(690

)

 

Other identifiable intangible assets

 

11,011

 

 

(4,255

)

 

6,158

 

 

(4,219

)

 

Total other intangible assets

 

$

283,780

 

 

$

(84,632

)

 

$

284,872

 

 

$

(28,578

)

 

 

62




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

6.   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

The changes in the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of goodwill are as follows:

 

 

Balance at
December 27,

 

Adjustments to Goodwill

 

Balance at
December 25,

 

Adjustments to Goodwill

 

Balance at
December 31,

 

 

 

2003

 

Acquisitions

 

Other

 

2004

 

Acquisitions

 

Other

 

2005

 

Research Models and Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

 

 

$

20,065

 

 

$

 

$

(144

)

 

$

19,921

 

 

 

 

$

(2,537

)

 

$

17,384

 

 

Accumulated amortization 

 

 

(4,778

)

 

 

(122

)

 

(4,900

)

 

 

 

178

 

 

(4,722

)

 

Preclinical Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

 

 

97,949

 

 

937,831

 

819

 

 

1,036,599

 

 

 

 

(3,021

)

 

1,033,578

 

 

Accumulated amortization 

 

 

(7,928

)

 

 

 

 

(7,928

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,928

)

 

Clinical Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

 

 

 

 

378,894

 

 

 

378,894

 

 

 

 

460

 

 

379,354

 

 

Accumulated amortization 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

 

 

$

118,014

 

 

$

1,316,685

 

$

675

 

 

$

1,435,414

 

 

 

 

$

(5,098

)

 

$

1,430,316

 

 

Accumulated amortization 

 

 

(12,706

)

 

 

(122

)

 

(12,828

)

 

 

 

178

 

 

(12,650

)

 

 

Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years is as follows:

2006

 

$

44,460

 

2007

 

31,076

 

2008

 

25,327

 

2009

 

20,611

 

2010

 

16,755

 

 

7.   Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

Long-Term Debt

On December 20, 2005, the Company amended and restated our then-existing $550,000 credit agreement to modify certain restrictive covenants as well as provide for a $65,000 term loan facility and a $10,000 revolving facility for a Canadian subsidiary and a $25,000 term loan facility and a $10,000 revolving facility for two U.K. subsidiaries (the $660,000 credit agreement). The now $660,000 credit agreement originally provided for a $400,000 term loan facility and a $150,000 revolving facility. The $400,000 term loan facility matures in 20 quarterly installments with the last installment due September 30, 2009. The $150,000 revolving facility matures on October 15, 2009 and requires no scheduled payment before that date. The new Canadian and U.K. term loans (aggregate $90,000) under the $660,000 credit agreement are repayable in full by September 30, 2009 and require no scheduled prepayment before that date. The new revolving facilities (aggregate $20,000) mature on October 15, 2009 and require no scheduled prepayment before that date. The interest rate applicable to the Canadian and U.K. term loans and the Canadian and U.K. revolving loans under the credit agreement is the adjusted LIBOR rate in its relevant currency plus an interest rate margin based upon the our leverage ratio. The interest rates applicable to term loans and revolving loans under the credit agreement are, at the Company’s option, equal to either the base rate (which is the higher of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%) or the adjusted LIBOR rate plus an interest rate margin based upon our leverage ratio. Based on our leverage ratio, the margin range

63




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

7.   Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations (Continued)

for LIBOR based loans is 0.75% to 1.25%. The interest rate margin was 0.875% as of December 31, 2005. The Company has pledged the stock of certain subsidiaries as well as certain U.S. assets as security for the $660,000 credit agreement. The $660,000 credit agreement includes certain customary representations and warranties, negative and affirmative covenants and events of default. The Company had $4,988 outstanding under letters of credit as of December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004, respectively.

During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company prepaid $120,000 of its debt under the $400,000 term loan facility, which resulted in a $2,155 write-off of deferred financing costs.

On July 27, 2005 the Company entered into a $50,000 credit agreement ($50,000 credit agreement), which was subsequently amended on December 20, 2005. The $50,000 credit agreement provides for a $50,000 term loan facility which matures on July 27, 2007 and can be extended for an additional 7 years. The interest rates applicable to term loans under the credit agreement are, at the Company’s option, equal to either the base rate (which is the higher of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%) or the LIBOR rate plus 0.75%. The $50,000 credit agreement includes certain customary representations and warranties, negative and affirmative covenants and events of default. Effective December 20, 2005, the Company amended its $50,000 credit agreement to reflect substantially the same modifications made to the covenants in the $660,000 credit agreement. If the Company chooses to extend the term loan for an additional 7 years, the applicable interest rates after the extension date are equal to either the base rate (which is the higher of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%) plus 0.25% or the LIBOR rate plus 1.25%.

During the second quarter of 2005, the Company converted all of its $185,000 3.5% senior convertible debentures due February 1, 2022 into 4,759,424 shares of common stock. The Company recorded additional equity of $198,020 due to the conversion, which represented the book value of the debentures ($185,000), deferred tax liability associated with the debentures ($14,497) and accrued interest ($1,354), partially offset by the write-off of the deferred financing costs ($2,831). The Company issued $175,000 par value of these senior convertible debentures through a private placement offering on January 24, 2002. Subsequently, the Company issued an additional $10,000 par value of senior convertible debentures through the additional purchase option on February 11, 2002. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the senior convertible debenture offering to retire all of its 13.5% senior subordinated notes.

On March 31, 2003, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement which was terminated on October 20, 2004. The agreement permitted the Company to borrow up to $100,000 at an interest rate based on, at the Company’s option, the greater of the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate plus 1% and the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5%, or LIBOR multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate plus a spread of 1.25% to 2.50% based on the leverage ratio of the Company and the aggregate borrowing under the revolving credit agreement. Interest was payable, ranging from monthly to semi-annually, based on the Company’s option of interest rate selected. The credit agreement required the Company to pay a quarterly commitment fee which ranges from 25 through 50 basis points annually on the undrawn balance, based on the leverage of the Company. The agreement also required the Company to remain in compliance with certain financial ratios as well as other restrictive covenants. No amounts were outstanding under the credit agreement as of December 27, 2003.

64




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

7.   Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations (Continued)

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

December 27,
2003

 

Senior convertible debentures

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

185,000

 

 

 

$

185,000

 

 

Term loan facilities

 

 

295,885

 

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

 

 

Revolving credit facility

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term debt, represents secured and unsecured promissory notes, interest rates between 0% and 4.06% at December 31,2005, maturing between 2006 and 2012

 

 

205

 

 

 

844

 

 

 

853

 

 

Total debt

 

 

296,090

 

 

 

685,844

 

 

 

185,853

 

 

Less: current portion of long-term debt

 

 

(36,195

)

 

 

(80,456

)

 

 

(253

)

 

Long-term debt

 

 

$

259,895

 

 

 

$

605,388

 

 

 

$

185,600

 

 

 

Minimum future principal payments of long-term debt at December 30, 2005 are as follows:

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

$

36,195

 

2007

 

75,164

 

2008

 

48,013

 

2009

 

136,598

 

Thereafter

 

120

 

Total

 

$

296,090

 

 

Capital Leases

The Company has one capital lease for a building and numerous capital leases for equipment. These leases are capitalized using interest rates considered appropriate at the inception of each lease. Assets recorded in connection with these capital leases are not material.

Capital lease obligations amounted to $572 and $1,001 at December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004, respectively, with maturities through March 31, 2009 at interest rates ranging from 4.6% to 16.5%.

8.   Shareholders’ Equity

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share for 2005, 2004 and 2003 was computed by dividing earnings available to common shareholders for these periods by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding in the respective periods adjusted for contingently issuable shares. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding for  2005, 2004 and 2003 have been adjusted to include common stock equivalents for the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share for these periods.

65




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

8.   Shareholders’ Equity (Continued)

Options to purchase 2,027,666 shares, 113,800 shares and 3,234,201 shares were outstanding at December 31, 2005, December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003, respectively, but were not included in computing diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

Basic weighted average shares outstanding for 2005, 2004 and 2003 excluded the weighted average impact of 20,000 shares of contingently issuable shares. In addition, weighted average shares outstanding for 2005, 2004 and 2003 excluded the weighted average impact of 544,863, 64,241 and 72,139 shares, respectively, of non-vested fixed restricted stock awards.

The following table illustrates the reconciliation of the numerator and denominator in the computations of the basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

December 27,
2003

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income for purposes of calculating basic earnings per share 

 

$

141,999

 

$

89,792

 

$

80,151

 

After-tax equivalent of interest expense on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.5% senior convertible debenture

 

1,208

 

4,125

 

3,982

 

Income for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share

 

$

143,207

 

$

93,917

 

$

84,133

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding—Basic

 

69,730,056

 

49,601,021

 

45,448,368

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.5% senior convertible debenture

 

1,462,474

 

4,759,455

 

4,759,455

 

Stock options and restricted stock

 

1,424,740

 

1,346,665

 

726,291

 

Warrants

 

285,115

 

338,707

 

380,691

 

Weighted average shares outstanding—Diluted

 

72,902,385

 

56,045,848

 

51,314,805

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

2.04

 

$

1.81

 

$

1.76

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

1.96

 

$

1.68

 

$

1.64

 

 

Retained Earnings

Retained earnings includes approximately $2,000 which is restricted due to statutory requirements in the local jurisdiction of a foreign subsidiary as of December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004.

66




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

8.   Shareholders’ Equity (Continued)

Treasury Shares

On October 26, 2005, the Board of Directors authorized an increase of the Company’s share repurchase program to acquire up to a total of $100,000 of common stock. This was an increase from the share repurchase program of $50,000 approved by the Board of Directors on July 27, 2005. In order to facilitate these share repurchases, the Company has entered into a Rule 10b5-1 Purchase Plan. During 2005, the Company repurchased 396,000 shares of common stock for approximately $17,485. The timing and amount of any future repurchases will depend on market conditions and corporate considerations. Additionally, the Company’s 2000 Incentive Plan permits the netting of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock awards in order to satisfy individual tax withholding requirements. Accordingly, during 2005, the Company acquired 10,175 shares for $512 as a result of such withholdings.

Unearned Compensation

As more fully described in Note 11, the Company granted restricted stock awards at no cost to officers and key employees. The Company recorded $25,511, $1,297 and $1,062 as unearned compensation in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2005, December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003, respectively. The Company recorded $7,614, $932 and $1,101 in compensation expense for these stock awards for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Additionally, the Company recorded $259 and reversed $176 from unearned compensation in 2004 and 2003, respectively, for performance based restricted stock awards.

During 2004, the Company recorded $11,344 as unearned compensation relating to the fair value of unvested options associated with the Inveresk acquisition. The unearned compensation will be expensed over the original vesting period of the stock options. The Company recorded $7,804 and $2,303 in compensation expense during 2005 and 2004, respectively.

A summary of unearned compensation activity is as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

11,607

 

$

1,985

 

$

2,201

 

Grants

 

25,511

 

12,900

 

886

 

Cancellations

 

(915

)

(43

)

 

Compensation expense

 

(15,418

)

(3,235

)

(1,102

)

Balance at end of year

 

$

20,785

 

$

11,607

 

$

1,985

 

 

67




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

8.   Shareholders’ Equity (Continued)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The composition of accumulated other comprehensive income is as follows:

 

 

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment

 

Minimum
Pension
Liability
Adjustment

 

Net
Unrealized
Gain on
Investment
Securities

 

Net Unrealized
Gain on
Hedging
Activities

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

 

Balance at December 27, 2003

 

 

$

11,252

 

 

 

$

(2,070

)

 

 

$

72

 

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

$

9,254

 

 

Period change

 

 

21,869

 

 

 

(2,444

)

 

 

(79

)

 

 

 

 

 

19,346

 

 

Tax benefit

 

 

(1,909

)

 

 

969

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

(907

)

 

Balance at December 25, 2004

 

 

31,212

 

 

 

(3,545

)

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,693

 

 

Period change

 

 

(20,283

)

 

 

472

 

 

 

(51

)

 

 

 

 

 

(19,862

)

 

Tax benefit

 

 

839

 

 

 

(141

)

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

709

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

 

$

11,768

 

 

 

$

(3,214

)

 

 

$

(14

)

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

$

8,540

 

 

 

Warrants

As part of the recapitalization in 1999, the Company issued 150,000 units, each comprised of a $1,000 senior subordinated note and a warrant to purchase 7.6 shares of common stock of the Company for total proceeds of $150,000. The Company allocated the $150,000 offering proceeds between the senior subordinated notes ($147,872) and the warrants ($2,128), based upon the estimated fair value. The portion of the proceeds allocated to the warrants is reflected as capital in excess of par in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Each warrant entitles the holder, subject to certain conditions, to purchase 7.6 shares of common stock of the Company at an exercise price of $5.19 per share of common stock, subject to adjustment under some circumstances. Upon exercise, the holders of warrants would be entitled to purchase 165,110 and 383,990 shares of common stock of the Company as of December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004, respectively. The warrants expire on October 1, 2009.

Accelerated Vesting

On December 7, 2005, the Company accelerated the vesting of 724,000 outstanding options granted to certain employees on February 13, 2004 to purchase common stock at an exercise price $43.07. As a result of the acceleration, the Company recorded a charge of $1,556 based on the closing price of the Company’s stock.

As a result of the accelerated vesting in advance of the effective date of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123R, “Share Based Payment,” Charles River expects to reduce the pre-tax stock option expense it would otherwise have been required to record.

68




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

9.   Income Taxes

An analysis of the components of income before income taxes, minority interests and earnings from equity investments and the related provision for income taxes is presented below:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

December 27,
2003

 

Income before income taxes, minority interests and earnings from equity investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

 

$

84,029

 

 

 

$

100,261

 

 

 

$

94,932

 

 

Non-U.S.

 

 

76,384

 

 

 

52,264

 

 

 

37,698

 

 

 

 

 

$

160,413

 

 

 

$

152,525

 

 

 

$

132,630

 

 

Income tax provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

$

29,300

 

 

 

$

24,604

 

 

 

$

21,806

 

 

Foreign

 

 

17,889

 

 

 

22,629

 

 

 

15,048

 

 

State and local

 

 

4,161

 

 

 

4,844

 

 

 

5,319

 

 

Total current

 

 

51,350

 

 

 

52,077

 

 

 

42,173

 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(27,299

)

 

 

16,050

 

 

 

7,685

 

 

Foreign

 

 

(2,691

)

 

 

(8,530

)

 

 

 

 

State and local

 

 

(4,784

)

 

 

1,559

 

 

 

1,205

 

 

Total deferred

 

 

(34,774

)

 

 

9,079

 

 

 

8,890

 

 

 

 

 

$

16,576

 

 

 

$

61,156

 

 

 

$

51,063

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes, detailed below, recognize the impact of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities recorded for financial statement purposes and such amounts measured in accordance with tax laws.

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

Compensation related

 

 

$

28,007

 

 

 

$

24,841

 

 

Accruals

 

 

2,602

 

 

 

3,745

 

 

Financing related

 

 

0

 

 

 

(13,175

)

 

Goodwill and other intangibles

 

 

(15,254

)

 

 

(23,483

)

 

Net operating loss and credit carryforwards

 

 

36,645

 

 

 

48,663

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(23,436

)

 

 

(21,619

)

 

Non-indefinitely reinvested earning

 

 

0

 

 

 

(40,985

)

 

Deferred Income

 

 

4,142

 

 

 

2,645

 

 

Other

 

 

1,007

 

 

 

(2,326

)

 

 

 

 

33,713

 

 

 

(21,694

)

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(6,416

)

 

 

(10,362

)

 

Total deferred taxes

 

 

$

27,297

 

 

 

$

(32,056

)

 

 

69




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

9.   Income Taxes (Continued)

Reconciliations of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to effective tax rates are as follows:

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

December 27,
2003

 

Tax at statutory U.S. tax rate

 

 

35.0

%

 

 

35.0

%

 

 

35.0

%

 

Foreign tax rate differences

 

 

(1.9

)%

 

 

(1.8

)%

 

 

1.3

%

 

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

 

1.9

%

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

3.2

%

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

(0.8

)%

 

 

(1.4

)%

 

 

 

 

Net impact of repatriation, reorganization and change in assertion

 

 

(17.6

)%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

 

 

Research tax credits and enhanced deductions

 

 

(7.5

)%

 

 

(0.8

)%

 

 

 

 

 

Write off of other deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

1.4

%

 

 

(1.0

)%

 

 

 

 

10.3

%

 

 

40.1

%

 

 

38.5

%

 

 

During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company repatriated $148,027 of its accumulated foreign earnings in a distribution that qualified under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“AJCA”). The distribution was primarily from the pre-acquisition foreign earnings of Inveresk. The Company provided for income taxes on substantially all of Inveresk’s unremitted foreign earnings at the time of the Inveresk acquisition based on the tax rates in effect at date of the acquisition. As a result, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $24,060 from the impact of the change in tax law on the $148,027 distribution. As part of its plan of distribution, the Company restructured its UK operations in order to distribute the funds in the most tax efficient manner and incurred a non-cash charge of $23,110 related to an increase in the deferred tax liability on the remaining undistributed earnings of Inveresk.  In addition, the Company incurred an additional tax of $1,883 on the write-off of deferred tax assets.

Also during the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company changed its assertion with respect to the remaining unremitted pre-acquisition earnings of Inveresk in order to fund the expansion of the Company’s preclinical facilities and an increased UK pension funding requirement. These earnings and the earnings distributed under the AJCA were previously not considered permanently reinvested. The Company recorded a non-cash benefit from the change in assertion of $29,204.

As of December 31, 2005, earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries considered to be indefinitely reinvested totaled $147,882. No provision for U.S. income taxes has been provided thereon. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be subject to both U.S. taxes and withholding taxes payable to the various foreign countries. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of additional tax that might be payable on this undistributed foreign income.

During the second quarter of 2005, the Company realized a tax benefit of $14,497 when it converted all of its $185,000 3.5% senior convertible debentures.  Also in 2005, the Company also recorded a reduction to income taxes payable for $7,600 from the exercise of stock options. The benefit from both of these items has been recorded to additional paid in capital.

The change in valuation allowance in 2005 primarily relates to the expiration of a state net operating loss carryforward and the reversal of $2,684 on acquired foreign net operating losses. The reversal of the

70




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

9.   Income Taxes (Continued)

$2,684 was recorded to goodwill. As of December 31, 2005, the company has provided a valuation allowance of $6,416 of which approximately $5,738 will result in a reduction to goodwill upon the reversal. The Company has recognized the balance of deferred tax assets on the belief that it is more likely than not they will be realized. This belief is based on all available evidence including historical operating results, projections of taxable income and tax planning strategies.

As of December 31, 2005, the Company has total U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $9,075 which will begin to expire in 2024. Non-U.S. net operating losses at December 31, 2005 were $36,741 which may be carried forward indefinitely. Additionally, the Company has U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards of $13,280 which will begin to expire in 2009.  The Company has Canadian Investment Tax Credit Carryforwards of $9,262 as a result of its research and development activity in Montreal, which begin to expire in 2013.

During 2004, the Company reorganized its European operations. The purpose of the reorganization was to streamline the legal entity structure in order to improve operating efficiency and cash management, facilitate acquisitions and provide tax benefits. The reorganization, which did not involve reductions of personnel or facility closures, resulted in a one-time, non-cash charge to earnings in the first quarter of 2004 of $7,900 due primarily to the write-off of a deferred tax asset. In conjunction with the restructuring of its European operations, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $2,111 on the reduction of a valuation allowance on its foreign tax credits.

In connection with the 1999 recapitalization transaction, the Company elected under Internal Revenue Code Section 338(h)(10) to treat the transaction as a purchase resulting in a step-up in the tax basis of the underlying assets. The election resulted in the recording of a deferred tax asset in 1999, net of valuation allowance, of approximately $99,506 for the estimated future tax benefits associated with the increased tax basis of the assets. For financial reporting purposes, the benefit was treated as a contribution to capital in 1999. As of December 31, 2005, the net deferred tax asset pertaining to the election under section 338(h)(10) of the Internal Revenue Code was $53,718. The Company expects to realize the net benefit of the deferred tax asset over a 15 year period from the date of the 1999 recapitalization transaction through annual tax deductions which are expected to reduce future tax payments. It is possible that the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) may challenge the availability of the Section 338(h)(10) election to the Company as a result of the Company’s reorganization in connection with the initial public offering in 2000. If the IRS were successful, the expected future tax benefits from the election would not be available and the Company would be required to write off the related deferred tax assets by recording a non-recurring expense in the results of operations in an amount equal to such deferred tax assets. The Company believes that the reorganization and liquidating distribution should not have any impact upon the election for federal income tax purposes. However, the IRS may reach a different conclusion.

10.   Employee Benefits

401(k) Employee Savings Plan

The Company’s defined contribution plan, the Charles River Laboratories Employee Savings Plan, qualifies under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. It covers substantially all U.S. employees and contains a provision whereby the Company matches a percentage of employee contributions. The costs

71




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

10.   Employee Benefits (Continued)

associated with the defined contribution plan totaled $3,316, $2,986 and $2,225, in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

Pension Plans

The Charles River Laboratories, Inc. Pension Plan (Pension Plan), is a qualified, non-contributory plan that covers certain U.S. employees. Benefits are based on participants’ final average monthly compensation and years of service. Participants’ rights vest upon completion of five years of service. Effective January 1, 2002, the plan was amended to exclude new participants from joining the plan. Benefit criteria offered to existing participants as of the amendment date did not change.

Under another defined benefit plan, the Company provides some executives with supplemental retirement benefits. This plan, the Executive Supplemental Life Insurance Retirement Plan (ESLIRP), is unfunded and non-qualified under the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Securities Act of 1974. The Company has, however, obtained several key-person life insurance policies with the intention of using their cash surrender value to fund the ESLIRP. At December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004, the cash surrender value of these policies was $7,423 and $7,391, respectively.

The Charles River Japan and Charles River Canada defined benefit pension plans are non-contributory plans that cover substantially all employees of those respective companies. Benefits are based upon length of service and final salary.

In connection with the Inveresk acquisition on October 20, 2004, the Company assumed a defined contribution plan and a defined benefit pension plan covering certain employees. Contributions under the defined contribution plan are determined as a percentage of gross salary. The Company assumed a combined benefit obligation of $125,552 and combined plan assets of $62,908. The assumed benefit obligation was adjusted in 2005 to properly reflect the benefit obligation at the acquisition date. The defined contribution plan was amended subsequent to the acquisition to change the benefit structure for future service in the plan by increasing the normal retirement age and limiting increases in pensionable pay. The amendment reduced the benefit obligation by $15,802 as of December 25, 2004.

The following table provides reconciliations of the changes in benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets and funded status of the defined benefit plans.

72




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

10.   Employee Benefits (Continued)

Obligations and Funded Status

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Supplemental
Retirement Benefits

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change in benefit obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

175,901

 

$

46,934

 

$

16,303

 

$

13,037

 

Benefit obligation assumed

 

5,592

 

119,960

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

5,824

 

4,081

 

484

 

283

 

Interest cost

 

9,302

 

3,726

 

1,031

 

832

 

Benefit payments

 

(5,044

)

(1,333

)

(533

)

(521

)

Plan participants’ contributions

 

1,134

 

198

 

 

 

 

Actuarial loss (gain)

 

3,930

 

14,313

 

2,154

 

2,672

 

Plan amendments

 

 

 

(15,802

)

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange

 

(5,093

)

3,824

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

191,546

 

$

175,901

 

$

19,439

 

$

16,303

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

$

111,742

 

$

42,040

 

$

 

$

 

Plan assets assumed

 

 

 

62,908

 

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

16,758

 

5,117

 

 

 

 

Employer contributions

 

15,930

 

1,376

 

533

 

521

 

Plan participants’ contributions

 

1,134

 

198

 

 

 

 

Benefit payments

 

(5,581

)

(1,333

)

(533

)

(521

)

Insured assets

 

 

1,436

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

$

139,983

 

$

111,742

 

$

 

$

 

Funded status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status

 

$

(51,563

)

$

(64,159

)

$

(19,439

)

$

(16,303

)

Unrecognized transition obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized prior-service cost

 

(10,546

)

(13,606

)

(972

)

(1,134

)

Unrecognized gain

 

11,699

 

17,904

 

8,323

 

7,060

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

(50,410

)

$

(59,861

)

$

(12,088

)

$

(10,377

)

Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid benefit cost

 

$

279

 

$

3,801

 

$

 

$

 

Accrued benefit cost

 

(52,835

)

(63,662

)

(17,567

)

(16,326

)

Intangible asset

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

2,146

 

 

5,479

 

5,949

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

(50,410

)

$

(59,861

)

$

(12,088

)

$

(10,377

)

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit plans was $177,130 and $161,273 at December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004, respectively.

73




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

10.   Employee Benefits (Continued)

Information for defined benefit plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Supplemental
Retirement Benefits

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$134,043

 

$

121,916

 

19,439

 

$

16,303

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

132,271

 

120,165

 

17,479

 

16,240

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

98,396

 

68,259

 

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Supplemental
Retirement Benefits

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Service cost

 

$

5,824

 

$

4,081

 

$

2,980

 

$

484

 

$

283

 

$

425

 

Interest cost

 

9,302

 

3,726

 

2,344

 

1,031

 

832

 

729

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(8,209

)

(4,123

)

(2,925

)

 

 

 

Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

4

 

16

 

 

 

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

(541

)

288

 

288

 

(162

)

(162

)

(162

)

Amortization of net loss

 

633

 

76

 

460

 

892

 

582

 

466

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

7,009

 

$

4,052

 

$

3,163

 

2,245

 

$

1,535

 

$

1,458

 

 

Additional information

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Supplemental
Retirement Benefits

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

Increase (decrease) in minimum liability included in other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

$

(4

)

 

$

331

 

$

(1,471

)

 

Assumptions

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations

 

 

Pension
Benefits

 

Supplemental
Retirement
Benefits

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

Discount rate

 

4.93

%

5.49

%

5.65

%

5.75

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

3.32

%

4.36

%

4.75

%

4.75

%

 

74




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

10.   Employee Benefits (Continued)

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Supplemental
Retirement Benefits

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Discount rate

 

5.28

%

5.59

%

5.73

%

5.75

%

6.00

%

6.00

%

Expected long term return on plan assets

 

7.28

%

7.63

%

8.36

%

 

 

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

3.32

%

4.36

%

4.58

%

4.75

%

4.75

%

4.75

%

 

The expected long term rate of return on plan assets was made considering the pension plan’s asset mix, historical returns and expected yields on plan assets.

Plan Assets

The Company’s pension plan weighted-average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:

 

 

Target
Allocation

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Equity securities

 

 

68

%

 

 

65

%

 

 

69

%

 

Fixed income

 

 

32

%

 

 

26

%

 

 

27

%

 

Other

 

 

0

%

 

 

9

%

 

 

4

%

 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

The Company’s investment objective is to obtain the highest possible return commensurate with the level of assumed risk. Fund performances are compared to benchmarks including the S&P 500 Index, Russell 1000 Index, Russell 3000 Index and Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index. The Company’s Investment Committee meets on a quarterly basis to review plan assets.

The Company’s plan assets did not include any of the Company’s common stock at December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004.

Cash Flows

Contributions

During 2005, the Company contributed $15,930 to its pension plans which included additional funding of $10,936 for our U.K. pension plan. The Company expects to contribute $7,646 to its pension plans in 2006.

75




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

10.   Employee Benefits (Continued)

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

 

Pension
Benefits

 

Supplemental
Retirement
Benefits

 

2006

 

$

2,802

 

 

$

557

 

 

2007

 

3,138

 

 

584

 

 

2008

 

3,395

 

 

626

 

 

2009

 

3,743

 

 

826

 

 

2010

 

4,127

 

 

940

 

 

2011 – 2016

 

30,080

 

 

6,510

 

 

 

11.   Stock Compensation Plans

The 1999 Management Incentive Plan (1999 Plan) is administered by the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The 1999 Plan has a total of 1,784,384 shares authorized, of which 4,317 shares are available for grant as of December 31, 2005. Awards of 15,100, 0 and 23,000 non-qualified stock options were granted under the 1999 Plan in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. As of December 31, 2005, options to purchase 367,672 shares were exercisable under the 1999 Plan. Options granted pursuant to the 1999 Plan are subject to a vesting schedule based on three distinct measures. Certain options vest solely with the passage of time (incrementally typically over three years so long as the optionee continues to be employed by the Company). The remainder of the options vest over time but contain clauses providing for the acceleration of vesting upon the achievement of certain performance targets or the occurrence of certain liquidity events. All options currently granted expire on or before February 17, 2015. The exercise price of all options granted under the 1999 Plan is the fair market value of the underlying common stock at the time of the grant.

Effective June 5, 2000, the Board of Directors adopted and the Company’s shareholders approved the 2000 Incentive Plan (2000 Plan), which provides for the grant of incentive and nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted common stock and other equity awards. The 2000 Plan has a total of 9,889,000 shares authorized, of which 3,484,544 are available for grant as of December 31, 2005. Options granted pursuant to the 2000 Plan vest incrementally, typically over three years, so long as the employee continues to be employed by the Company. All options granted under the 2000 Plan expire on or before December 1, 2015. The exercise price of all options currently granted under the 2000 Plan is the fair value of the underlying common stock at the time of grant. A total of 1,686,168, 1,441,300 and 1,478,200 stock option awards were made under the 2000 Plan in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, of which 3,036,456 awards were exercisable as of December 31, 2005.

Under the Company’s 2000 Plan, shares of restricted common stock of the Company may be granted at no cost to officers and key employees. Recipients are entitled to cash dividends and to vote their respective shares. Restrictions limit the sale or transfer of these shares until they vest, which is typically over a three-year period. Upon issuance of restricted stock awards under the plan, unearned compensation equivalent to the market value at the measurement date is charged to shareholders’ equity and

76




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

11.   Stock Compensation Plans (Continued)

subsequently amortized as compensation expense over the vesting period. The Company granted 535,555, 24,700 and 32,300 restricted stock awards at no cost. Additionally, the Company issued 30,000 performance-based restricted stock awards at no cost to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President during 2002. Vesting of these awards is contingent upon the achievement of certain annual earnings per share growth targets over the vesting period. These shares are accounted for as variable awards and the related unearned compensation and compensation expense are adjusted based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock until the shares are vested. The Company recorded $259 and reversed $176 from unearned compensation in 2004 and 2003, respectively, for performance based restricted stock awards. As a result of the merger with Inveresk, the earnings per share target was not obtained, therefore, during 2004 the Company reversed $537 of previously recorded compensation expense. During 2003, the Company recorded $251 in compensation expense in connection with these awards. The weighted average fair value of all restricted stock awards issued during 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $47.63, $43.54 and $32.87, respectively. As of December 31, 2005, a total of 564,863 restricted stock awards were outstanding.

In connection with the Inveresk acquisition, the Company assumed Inveresk’s stock compensation plans. Stock options of 1,439,882 and 50,000 were assumed from the Inveresk Research Group, Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan (Inveresk Stock Option Plan) and the Inveresk Research Group, Inc. 2002 Non-employee Directors Stock Option Plan (Inveresk Director Plan), respectively. Stock options under the Inveresk Stock Option Plan, which provides options to employees of Inveresk, vest in equal installments over the three years following the date of grant. At December 31, 2005, options to purchase 282,410 shares were exercisable under the plan. Stock options under the Inveresk Directors Plan, which provides options to non-executive directors of Inveresk, vest three years following the date of grant. At December 31, 2005, there were no options to purchase shares exercisable under the plan.

In 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors initiated a new performance-based management incentive program (Mid-Term Incentive (MTI) Program), as a carve-out from the shareholder approved 2000 Plan. The MTI Program provides that up to a maximum of 218,000 performance units may be granted to senior executives and certain other key employees of the Company based on achieving financial performance targets for 2006. The MTI Program units, which equal the value of one share of Company stock, will be paid out to participating employees in the form of cash and restricted stock. For a participant to be eligible to receive payment for 2004 MTI units, the employee must remain employed with the Company until at least the beginning of 2007. The restricted stock, which requires continued employment beyond 2007, vests over the ensuing two-year period.

The Company will accrue compensation expense for the MTI Program obligations over the period the participating employees are required to be employed by the Company. The Company recorded $(109) and $1,154 as compensation expense in 2005 and 2004, respectively, of which $(55) and $581 was recorded as capital in excess of par value and $(54) and $573 was recorded as accrued compensation. The accrual for the MTI Program is marked to market on a quarterly basis. Accordingly, changes in the market value of Company stock could materially affect this compensation expense. In February 2005, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors determined that it would not make any future awards under the MTI Program.

77




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

11.   Stock Compensation Plans (Continued)

In conjunction with the 2000 Plan, the Board of Directors adopted, and the Company’s shareholders approved, the 2000 Directors Stock Plan (Directors Plan), which in the past provided for the grant of both automatic and discretionary nonstatutory stock options to non-employee directors. The Company currently intends to award stock options to non-employee directors through the 2000 Plan. On the day of each annual meeting of shareholders, each independent director who served during the prior year will be awarded an option to purchase shares of our common stock (pro-rated if the director did not serve for the entire preceding year). The Directors Plan has a total of 100,000 shares authorized, of which 10,000 shares are available to be granted as of December 31, 2005. Awards of 4,000 stock options were granted under the Directors Plan in 2005. No stock options were awarded under this plan during 2004 and 2003. There are 26,000 options exercisable under the Directors Plan as of December 31, 2005. Options granted pursuant to the Directors Plan generally vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant. All options granted expire on or before February 17, 2015. The exercise price of the options granted under the Directors Plan is the fair market value of the underlying common stock at the time of grant.

The following table summarizes stock option activities under the 1999 Plan, the 2000 Plan, and the Directors Plan:

 

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

 

Options outstanding as of December 28, 2002

 

3,534,179

 

$

5.33 - $39.25

 

 

$

21.60

 

 

Options granted

 

1,500,875

 

$

26.25 - $36.47

 

 

$

32.78

 

 

Options exercised

 

(375,469

)

$

5.33 - $32.15

 

 

$

8.18

 

 

Options canceled

 

(132,593

)

$

16.00 - $39.00

 

 

$

32.23

 

 

Options outstanding as of December 27, 2003

 

4,526,992

 

$

5.33 - $39.25

 

 

$

26.13

 

 

Options assumed

 

1,489,882

 

$

0.03 - $45.94

 

 

$

19.47

 

 

Options granted

 

1,417,100

 

$

40.34 - $47.40

 

 

$

43.30

 

 

Options exercised

 

(1,507,421

)

$

0.03 - $39.25

 

 

$

17.62

 

 

Options canceled

 

(338,666

)

$

13.25 - $43.07

 

 

$

34.97

 

 

Options outstanding as of December 25, 2004

 

5,587,887

 

$

0.24 - $47.40

 

 

$

30.47

 

 

Options granted

 

1,335,908

 

$

44.00 - $50.59

 

 

$

47.66

 

 

Options exercised

 

(1,083,680

)

$

0.24 - $43.07

 

 

$

23.98

 

 

Options canceled

 

(285,775

)

$

13.25 - $47.75

 

 

$

39.95

 

 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2005

 

5,554,340

 

$

0.03 - $50.59

 

 

$

35.39

 

 

Options exercisable as of December 27, 2003

 

2,088,473

 

$

5.33 - $39.25

 

 

$

18.47

 

 

Options exercisable as of December 25, 2004

 

2,394,043

 

$

0.24 - $39.25

 

 

$

24.00

 

 

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2005

 

3,712,538

 

$

0.24 - $47.40

 

 

$

32.08

 

 

 

78




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

11.   Stock Compensation Plans (Continued)

 

 

 

OPTIONS OUTSTANDING

 

 

 

OPTIONS EXERCISABLE

 

Range of
Exercise Prices

 

 

 

Outstanding as of
December 31,
2005

 

Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Life (years)

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

 

Exercisable as of
December 31,
2005

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

 

$0.00 - $10.00

 

 

347,838

 

 

 

3.8

 

 

 

$

5.23

 

 

 

347,838

 

 

 

$

5.23

 

 

$10.01 - $20.00

 

 

293,822

 

 

 

5.8

 

 

 

$

14.27

 

 

 

293,822

 

 

 

$

14.27

 

 

$20.01 - $30.00

 

 

322,359

 

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

$

27.09

 

 

 

117,318

 

 

 

$

25.94

 

 

$30.01 - $40.00

 

 

2,142,445

 

 

 

6.7

 

 

 

$

32.87

 

 

 

1,718,756

 

 

 

$

32.78

 

 

$40.01 - $50.00

 

 

2,441,026

 

 

 

8.3

 

 

 

$45.49

 

 

 

1,234,804

 

 

 

$

43.49

 

 

$50.01 - $60.00

 

 

6,850

 

 

 

9.7

 

 

 

$

50.59

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

5,554,340

 

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

$

35.39

 

 

 

3,712,538

 

 

 

$

32.08

 

 

 

12.   Joint Ventures

The Company holds investments in several joint ventures including Charles River Mexico and Charles River Japan. These joint ventures are separate legal entities whose purpose is consistent with the overall operations of the Company and represent geographic and business segment expansions of existing markets. The financial results of all joint ventures were consolidated in the Company’s results as the Company has the ability to exercise control over these entities. The interests of the outside joint venture partners in these joint ventures have been recorded as minority interests totaling $9,718 and $9,792 at December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004, respectively.

13.   Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company has commitments for various operating leases for machinery and equipment, vehicles, office equipment, land and office space. Rent expense for all operating leases was $19,542, $10,663 and $12,057 in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. Future minimum payments by year and in the aggregate, under noncancellable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more, consist of the following at December 31, 2005:

2006

 

$

19,545

 

2007

 

18,300

 

2008

 

14,827

 

2009

 

11,588

 

2010

 

8,290

 

Thereafter

 

$

12,821

 

 

Insurance

The Company maintains insurance for workers’ compensation, various liability lines and employee medical with per claim loss limits up to $500. Aggregate loss limits for workers compensation, auto liability

79




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

13.   Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

and general liability is projected at $4,450. Related accruals were $5,447 and $6,156 on December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004, respectively.

Litigation

Various lawsuits, claims and proceedings of a nature considered normal to its business are pending against the Company. In the opinion of management, the outcome of such proceedings and litigation currently pending will not materially affect the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

14.   Related Party Transactions

Ajinomoto Company, Inc. (Ajinomoto) is a minority shareholder in Charles River Japan. Charles River Japan conducts certain business transactions with Ajinomoto, including the purchase of information technology systems and services, engineering services, product delivery services and the reimbursement of employee compensation. Charles River Japan incurred expenses related to these services of $4,639, $6,053 and $4,584 during 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. As of December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2004, Charles River Japan had amounts due to Ajinomoto totaling $1,427 and $3,766, respectively. In addition, Charles River Japan sold products to Ajinomoto totaling $736, $1,090 and $1,011 during 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

During 2004, the Company closed its joint venture company Charles River Proteomics. Proteome Systems, Ltd. (Proteome) was a minority shareholder in Charles River Proteomics. During 2002, Charles River Proteomics purchased a hardware platform from Proteome, of which $113 was paid in 2003. During 2003, Charles River Proteomics paid Proteome $190 for training on the hardware platform, borrowed $100 against a working capital loan from Proteome and purchased laboratory supplies from Proteome. Charles River Proteomics incurred expenses related to the laboratory supplies of $39 and $17 during 2004 and 2003, respectively.

15.   Business Segment and Geographic Information

In accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” the Company discloses financial and descriptive information about its reportable operating segments. Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available and is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

The Company reports three segments, called Research Models and Services (RMS), Preclinical Services and Clinical Services.

RMS includes the Company’s research model business, research model services, vaccine support services and in vitro technology services. Preclinical Services includes development services which enable customers to accelerate their drug discovery and development process. These services are FDA compliant services that aid customers in drug safety assessment and biologicals safety testing. Clinical Services includes services consisting of designing, monitoring and managing trials of new pharmaceutical, biostatistical, product registration and pharmacovigilance services.

80




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

15.   Business Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)

The following table presents sales and other financial information by business segment. Net sales represent sales originating in entities primarily engaged in either provision of Research Models and Services, Preclinical Services or Clinical Services. Long lived assets include property, plant and equipment, goodwill, other intangibles and other long lived assets.

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Research Models and Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

503,168

 

$

476,668

 

$

428,176

 

Gross margin

 

215,649

 

206,797

 

182,318

 

Operating income

 

159,756

 

152,556

 

136,518

 

Total assets

 

484,975

 

569,765

 

573,038

 

Long-lived assets

 

217,414

 

211,110

 

195,082

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

20,016

 

17,872

 

16,974

 

Capital expenditures

 

24,558

 

26,559

 

23,776

 

Preclinical Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

488,549

 

$

265,977

 

$

185,547

 

Gross margin

 

169,684

 

86,230

 

51,347

 

Operating income

 

58,594

 

33,622

 

17,521

 

Total assets

 

1,574,554

 

1,566,230

 

226,516

 

Long-lived assets

 

1,415,642

 

1,422,151

 

171,981

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

67,602

 

25,443

 

12,590

 

Capital expenditures

 

70,332

 

18,493

 

8,928

 

Clinical Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

130,511

 

$

24,272

 

$

 

Gross margin

 

43,402

 

5,539

 

 

Operating income

 

6,005

 

731

 

 

Total assets

 

478,683

 

490,840

 

 

Long-lived assets

 

417,920

 

432,856

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

14,837

 

2,994

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

660

 

284

 

 

 

A reconciliation of segment operating income to consolidated operating income is as follows:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

December 27,
2003

 

Total segment operating income

 

 

$

224,355

 

 

 

$

186,909

 

 

 

$

154,039

 

 

Unallocated corporate overhead

 

 

(43,336

)

 

 

(26,586

)

 

 

(15,486

)

 

Consolidated operating income

 

 

$

181,019

 

 

 

$

160,323

 

 

 

$

138,553

 

 

 

81




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

15.   Business Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)

A summary of unallocated corporate overhead consists of the following:

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 25,
2004

 

December 27,
2003

 

Restricted stock and performance based compensation expense

 

 

$

16,865

 

 

 

$

4,389

 

 

 

$

1,102

 

 

U.S. pension expense

 

 

5,418

 

 

 

3,483

 

 

 

3,591

 

 

Audit, tax and related expense

 

 

2,679

 

 

 

4,063

 

 

 

1,327

 

 

Bonus expense

 

 

1,164

 

 

 

3,343

 

 

 

1,115

 

 

Executive officers’ salaries

 

 

1,878

 

 

 

1,612

 

 

 

1,519

 

 

Other general unallocated corporate expenses 

 

 

15,332

 

 

 

8,968

 

 

 

6,832

 

 

 

 

 

$

43,336

 

 

 

$

26,586

 

 

 

$

15,486

 

 

 

Other general unallocated corporate expenses consist of various costs including those associated with senior executive salaries and departments such as corporate accounting, legal and investor relations.

The following table presents sales and other financial information by geographic regions. Included in the other non-U.S. category below are the Company’s operations located in Australia, Canada, China, and Mexico. Sales to unaffiliated customers represent net sales originating in entities physically located in the identified geographic area. Long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment, goodwill, other intangibles, and other long-lived assets.

 

 

U.S.

 

Europe

 

Canada

 

Japan

 

Other Non
U.S.

 

Consolidated

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales to unaffiliated customers

 

$

577,473

 

$

322,953

 

$

151,839

 

$

58,163

 

 

$

11,800

 

 

 

$

1,122,228

 

 

Long-lived assets

 

526,840

 

671,950

 

799,966

 

42,693

 

 

9,525

 

 

 

2,050,974

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales to unaffiliated customers

 

$

488,823

 

$

177,666

 

$

32,438

 

$

57,126

 

 

$

10,864

 

 

 

$

766,917

 

 

Long-lived assets

 

514,700

 

700,631

 

797,751

 

48,215

 

 

4,820

 

 

 

2,066,117

 

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales to unaffiliated customers

 

$

424,578

 

$

117,894

 

$

9,716

 

$

52,617

 

 

$

8,918

 

 

 

$

613,723

 

 

Long-lived assets

 

246,630

 

65,452

 

6,388

 

43,867

 

 

4,726

 

 

 

367,063

 

 

 

 

82




FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(dollars in thousands)

Income Tax Valuation Allowance

Balance at December 28, 2002

 

$

4,051

 

Provisions

 

 

Releases

 

 

Balance at December 27, 2003

 

4,051

 

Provisions

 

8,422

 

Releases

 

(2,111

)

Balance at December 25, 2004

 

10,362

 

Provisions

 

678

 

Releases

 

(4,624

)

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

$

6,416

 

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Balance at December 28, 2002

 

$

1,540

 

Provisions

 

1,494

 

Recoveries/Write-offs

 

(1,390

)

Balance at December 27, 2003

 

1,644

 

Provisions

 

786

 

Acquisitions

 

1,943

 

Recoveries/Write-offs

 

(536

)

Balance at December 25, 2004

 

3,837

 

Provisions

 

139

 

Recoveries/Write-offs

 

(1,459

)

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

$

2,517

 

 

83




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.

SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

 

 

First
Quarter

 

Second
Quarter

 

Third
Quarter

 

Fourth
Quarter

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Year ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

273,722

 

$

283,413

 

$

273,938

 

$

291,155

 

Gross profit

 

104,611

 

111,786

 

106,793

 

105,545

 

Operating income

 

45,396

 

49,853

 

49,494

 

36,276

 

Net income (loss)

 

27,648

 

31,860

 

32,073

 

50,418

 

Earnings (loss) per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.46

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.70

 

Diluted

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.69

 

Year ended December 25, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

172,637

 

$

180,193

 

$

176,026

 

$

238,061

 

Gross profit

 

68,828

 

74,621

 

69,397

 

85,720

 

Operating income

 

39,517

 

44,203

 

43,374

 

33,229

 

Net income

 

17,594

 

26,300

 

25,821

 

20,077

 

Earnings per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.38

 

$

0.57

 

$

0.56

 

$

0.33

 

Diluted

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.52

 

$

0.51

 

$

0.32

 

Year ended December 27, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

152,125

 

$

154,364

 

$

151,194

 

$

156,040

 

Gross profit

 

57,982

 

59,585

 

56,492

 

59,606

 

Operating income

 

33,848

 

35,006

 

34,256

 

35,443

 

Net income

 

19,354

 

20,561

 

19,591

 

20,645

 

Earnings per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.43

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.43

 

$

0.45

 

Diluted

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.42

 

 

84




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Quarterly Segment Information (Unaudited)

 

 

First
Quarter

 

Second
Quarter

 

Third
Quarter

 

Fourth
Quarter

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Year ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research Models and Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

127,912

 

$

130,771

 

$

118,882

 

$

125,603

 

Gross margin

 

56,586

 

57,755

 

50,020

 

51,288

 

Operating income

 

42,308

 

43,050

 

36,713

 

37,685

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

4,729

 

5,047

 

5,024

 

5,216

 

Capital Expenditures

 

5,275

 

6,516

 

5,584

 

7,183

 

Preclinical Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

114,072

 

$

119,107

 

$

122,661

 

$

132,709

 

Gross margin

 

38,188

 

42,962

 

44,970

 

43,564

 

Operating income

 

12,516

 

17,717

 

19,245

 

9,116

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

16,993

 

16,596

 

16,491

 

17,522

 

Capital Expenditures

 

7,023

 

5,176

 

40,023

 

18,110

 

Clinical Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

31,738

 

$

33,535

 

$

32,395

 

$

32,843

 

Gross margin

 

9,837

 

11,069

 

11,803

 

10,693

 

Operating income

 

833

 

1,948

 

3,072

 

152

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

3,704

 

3,714

 

3,681

 

3,738

 

Capital Expenditures

 

100

 

159

 

96

 

305

 

Unallocated

 

$

(10,261

)

$

(12,862

)

$

(9,536

)

$

(10,677

)

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

273,722

 

$

283,413

 

$

273,938

 

$

291,155

 

Gross margin

 

104,611

 

111,786

 

106,793

 

105,545

 

Operating income

 

45,396

 

49,853

 

49,494

 

36,276

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

25,426

 

25,357

 

25,196

 

26,476

 

Capital Expenditures

 

12,398

 

11,851

 

45,703

 

25,598

 

 

85




CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Quarterly Segment Information (Unaudited)

 

 

First
Quarter

 

Second
Quarter

 

Third
Quarter

 

Fourth
Quarter

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Year ended December 25, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research Models and Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

119,477

 

$

120,085

 

$

118,089

 

$

119,017

 

Gross margin

 

52,771

 

54,277

 

50,897

 

48,852

 

Operating income

 

38,751

 

41,041

 

38,043

 

34,721

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

4,309

 

4,296

 

4,507

 

4,760

 

Capital Expenditures

 

3,443

 

4,952

 

6,970

 

11,194

 

Preclinical Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

53,160

 

$

60,108

 

$

57,937

 

$

94,772

 

Gross margin

 

16,057

 

20,344

 

18,500

 

31,329

 

Operating income

 

7,574

 

11,397

 

9,836

 

4,815

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

3,528

 

3,400

 

3,572

 

14,943

 

Capital Expenditures

 

1,082

 

2,390

 

3,274

 

11,747

 

Clinical Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

24,272

 

Gross margin

 

 

 

 

5,539

 

Operating income

 

 

 

 

731

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

2,994

 

Capital Expenditures

 

 

 

 

284

 

Unallocated

 

$

(6,808

)

$

(8,235

)

$

(4,505

)

$

(7,038

)

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

172,637

 

$

180,193

 

$

176,026

 

$

238,061

 

Gross margin

 

68,828

 

74,621

 

69,397

 

85,720

 

Operating income

 

39,517

 

44,203

 

43,374

 

33,229

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

7,837

 

7,696

 

8,079

 

22,697

 

Capital Expenditures

 

4,525

 

7,342

 

10,244

 

23,225

 

 

86




Item 9.                        Changes in and Disagreement with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.                Controls and Procedures

(a)          Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based on their evaluation, required by paragraph (b) of Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15, promulgated by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 , the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act are effective as of December 31, 2005 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurances of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in designing and evaluating the controls and procedures. We continually are in the process of further reviewing and documenting our disclosure controls and procedures, and our internal control over financial reporting, and accordingly may from time to time make changes aimed at enhancing their effectiveness and to ensure that our systems evolve with our business.

(b)          Changes in Internal Controls

There were no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15 that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2005 that materially affected, or were reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s report on our internal controls over financial reporting can be found in Item 8 of this report. The Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting can also be found in Item 8 of this report.

Item 9B.               Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10.                 Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

A.              Directors and Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

The information required by this Item regarding the directors of the Company and compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act by the Company’s officers and directors will be included in the 2006 Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Management” and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

87




B.               Executive Officers of the Company

The information required by this Item regarding the executive officers of the Company is reported in Part I of this Form 10-K under the heading “Supplementary Item. Executive Officers of the Registrant pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.”

C.               Audit Committee Financial Expert

The information required by this Item regarding the audit committee of the Board of Directors and financial experts will be included in the 2006 Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Audit Committee Financial Expert” and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

D.              Code of Ethics

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of its employees and directors, including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller or persons performing similar functions. The Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our website at http://ir.criver.com. The Company will provide to any person, without charge, a copy of its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics by requesting a copy from the Secretary, Charles River Laboratories, Inc., 251 Ballardvale Street, Wilmington, MA 01887.

Item 11.                 Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item will be included in the 2006 Proxy Statement under the sections captioned “Compensation of Directors,” “Executive Compensation” and “Report of Compensation Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

Item 12.                 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item will be included in the 2006 Proxy Statement under the sections captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference thereto. See also Item 5. “Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” for the disclosure required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Item 13.                 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The information required by this Item will be included in the 2006 Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

Item 14.                 Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item will be included in the 2006 Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Statement of Fees Paid to Independent Accountants” and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

88




PART IV

Item 15.                 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Item 15(a)(1) and (2) and Item 15(d) Financial Statements and Schedules

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statements Schedules” at Item 8 to this Form 10-K. Other financial statement schedules have not been included because they are not applicable or the information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 15(a)(3) and Item 15(c) Exhibits

The exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the exhibits. The Company has identified in the Exhibit Index each management contract and compensation plan filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K in response to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

89




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

By:

/s/ THOMAS F. ACKERMAN

Date: March 10, 2006

 

 

Thomas F. Ackerman Corporate Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated below and on the dates indicated.

Signatures

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Date

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JAMES C. FOSTER

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and

 

March 10, 2006

 

 

James C. Foster

 

Chairman

 

 

By:

 

/s/ THOMAS F. ACKERMAN

 

Corporate Executive Vice President and

 

March 10, 2006

 

 

Thomas F. Ackerman

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

By:

 

/s/ STEPHEN D. CHUBB

 

Director

 

March 10, 2006

 

 

Stephen D. Chubb

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ GEORGE E. MASSARO

 

Director

 

March 10, 2006

 

 

George E. Massaro

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ LINDA MCGOLDRICK

 

Director

 

March 10, 2006

 

 

Linda McGoldrick

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ GEORGE M. MILNE, JR.

 

Director

 

March 10, 2006

 

 

George M. Milne, Jr.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DOUGLAS E. ROGERS

 

Director

 

March 10, 2006

 

 

Douglas E. Rogers

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ SAMUEL O. THIER

 

Director

 

March 10, 2006

 

 

Samuel O. Thier

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ WILLIAM H. WALTRIP

 

Director

 

March 10, 2006

 

 

William H. Waltrip

 

 

 

 

 

 

90




EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
No.

 

Description

 

3.1

 

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1). (1)

 

3.2

 

 

By-laws of Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 3.2). (1)

 

4.1

 

 

Form of certificate representing shares of common stock, $0.01 per value per share (Filed as Exhibit 4.1). (1)

 

10.1

 

 

Joint Venture Agreement between Ajinomoto Co., Inc. and Charles River Breeding Laboratories, Inc., dated June 24, 1981, and ancillary agreements, amendments and addenda (Filed as Exhibit 10.6). (2)

 

10.4

 

 

Severance Agreement between Charles River Laboratories, Inc. and Real H. Renaud, dated January 20, 1992 (Filed as Exhibit 10.10). (1)+

 

10.5

 

 

1999 Charles River Laboratories Officer Separation Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.11). (1)+

 

10.6

*

 

Charles River Laboratories 1999 Management Stock Incentive Plan. +

 

10.7

*

 

Charles River Laboratories 2000 Incentive Plan, as amended May 2003 and May 2005. +

 

10.8

 

 

Charles River Laboratories 2000 Directors Stock Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.15). (1)+

 

10.9

 

 

Charles River Laboratories 2000 Incentive Plan Inland Revenue Approved Rules for UK Employees (Filed as Exhibit 99.1). (3)+

 

10.10

 

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement (Filed as Exhibit 10.16). (1)+

 

10.11

*

 

Form of Change in Control Agreement. +

 

10.13

 

 

Summary of Director Compensation. + (7)

 

10.15

 

 

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended. (9) +

 

10.16

 

 

Form of Award Agreement under 2000 Incentive Plan.+ (6)

 

10.17

 

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2000 Incentive Plan. +(6)

 

10.18

 

 

Mid-Term Incentive Plan. +(6)

 

10.19

 

 

Mid-Term Incentive Plan Agreement. +(6)

 

10.20

 

 

Inveresk Research Group, Inc. 2002 Stock Option and Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of May 4, 2004. +(5)

 

10.21

 

 

Inveresk Research Group, Inc. 2002 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan. +(5)

 

10.23

 

 

Charles River Laboratories Executive Life Insurance/Supplemental Retirement Income Plan.(7) +

 

10.24

 

 

Compensation of Director Emeritus. (7)

 

10.25

 

 

Form of Resale Restriction Agreement. + (8)

 

10.26

 

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2005, among Charles River Laboratories International, Inc., the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, as syndication agent, and Bank of America, N.A., Citizens Bank of Massachusetts and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as co-documentation agents.(9)

91




 

10.27

 

 

Deferred Compensation Plan. (10)  +

 

21.1

*

 

Subsidiaries of Charles River Laboratories International, Inc.

 

23.1

*

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

31.1

*

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

31.2

*

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer.

 

32.1

*

 

Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer.


*                    Filed herewith.

+                Management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

(1)          Previously filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-35524), as amended, filed June 23, 2000.

(2)          Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of Charles River Laboratories Holdings, Inc., predecessor in interest to the Company, on Form S-1 (File No. 333-35524) filed April 25, 2000.

(3)          Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 5, 2001.

(4)          Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 27, 2001.

(5)          Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on October 20, 2004.

(6)          Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 1, 2004.

(7)          Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 9, 2005.

(8)          Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on  December 13, 2005

(9)          Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on  December 22, 2005.

(10)   Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on  February 14, 2006.

92



Exhibit 10.6

 

MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

 

CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES HOLDINGS, INC.

1999 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

 

SECTION 1. PURPOSE. The purpose of the Charles River Laboratories Holdings, Inc. 1999 Management Incentive Plan (the “PLAN”) is to promote the interests of Charles River Laboratories Holdings, Inc. (the “COMPANY”) and its stockholders by (i) attracting and retaining exceptional key employees of the Company, its Subsidiaries and its Affiliates (as defined below) and others; (ii) motivating such individuals by means of performance-related incentives toachieve longer-range performance goals; and (iii) enabling such individuals to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company.

 

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS. As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

“AFFILIATE” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person; PROVIDED that no stockholder of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other stockholder of the Company solely by reason of any investment in the Company. For purposes of this definition, the term “CONTROL” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “CONTROLLING”, “CONTROLLED BY” and “UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH”), when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

“AWARD AGREEMENT” means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing any Option, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant.

 

“BOARD” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

“CAUSE” means, with respect to any Participant, “cause” as defined in such Participant’s Employment Agreement or Award Agreement, or if not so defined:

 

(i) such Participant’s failure substantially to perform his or her duties (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness);

 

(ii) such Participant’s conviction of a felony arising from, or any act of, fraud, embezzlement or willful dishonesty by such Participant in relation to the business or affairs of the Company and any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof, or any other felonious conduct on the part of such

 



 

Participant that is demonstrably detrimental to the best interests of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof;

 

(iii) such Participant’s being repeatedly under the influence of illegal drugs or alcohol while performing his duties; or

 

(iv) any other willful act of such Participant which is demonstrably injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof asdetermined in the reasonable discretion of the Compensation Committee, including such Participant’s breach of the provisions of any noncompetition, nonsolicitation or confidentiality covenant (whether or not contained in this Agreement) in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof binding upon such Participant.

 

“CHANGE OF CONTROL” means:

 

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Section 3(a)(9) and 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than (A) the DLJ Entities and/or their respective Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Investors’ Agreement) or (B) any “group” (within the meaning of such Section 13(d)(3)) of which any of the DLJ Entities is a part, acquires, directly or indirectly, by virtue of the consummation of any purchase, merger or other combination, securities of the Company (or its successor) representing more than 51% of the combined voting power of the Company’s (or its successor’s) then outstanding voting securities with respect to matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders generally; or

 

(ii) a sale or transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of substantially all of the stock or consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an entity which is not an Affiliate of the Company prior to such sale or transfer.

 

“CODE” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“COMPENSATION COMMITTEE” means a committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan and composed of not less than the minimum number of persons from time to time required by Rule 16b-3 and Section 162(m), each of whom, to the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 and Section 162(m) only, is a “Non-Employee Director” and an “Outside Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and Section 162(m), respectively.

 



 

“DISABILITY” means, with respect to any Participant, “disability” as defined in such Participant’s Employment Agreement or Award Agreement, or if not so defined:

 

(i) any permanent physical or mental incapacity or disability rendering such Participant unable or unfit to perform effectively the duties and obligations of his employment or to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company (or, if applicable, any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof); or

 

(ii) any illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, where such condition has rendered such Participant unable or unfit to perform effectively the duties and obligations of his or her employment or to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company (or, if applicable, any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof) for a period of at least 6 consecutive months or 12 months in any 24-month period (in either case, as determined in the good faith judgment of the Compensation Committee).

 

“EMPLOYEE” means an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof.

 

“EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT” means an employment, severance, consulting or similar agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof and a Participant.

 

“EXCHANGE ACT” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“FAIR MARKET VALUE” means:

 

(i)   with respect to a Share:

 

(A) as of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Recapitalization Agreement dated as of July 25, 1999 by and among CRL Acquisition LLC, the Company, Bausch & Lomb Incorporated, CRL Holdings, Inc., Charles River Laboratories, Inc., Charles River SPAFAS, Inc., Bausch & Lomb International, Inc., Wilmington Partners, L.P., Bausch & Lomb Canada, Inc., and DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P., $10.27 per share;

 

(B) if the Shares are traded on an exchange or market, as of any given date or dates, the average reported closing price of such Share on such exchange or market as is the principal trading

 



 

market for the Shares for the trading day immediately preceding such date or dates; or

 

(C) if the Shares are not traded on an exchange or market on the applicable date, as determined by the Compensation Committee in good faith taking into account as appropriate recent sales of the Shares, recent valuations of the Shares and such other factors as the Compensation Committee shall in its discretion deem relevant or appropriate.

 

(ii) with respect to an Option, for each Share underlying such Option, the Fair Market Value per Share as determined under clause (i) less the exercise price per Share.

 

“GOOD REASON” means, with respect to any Participant, “good reason” as defined in such Participant’s Award Agreement or Employment Agreement, or if not so defined:

 

(i) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of this Plan or such Participant’s Award Agreement or Employment Agreement, other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by such Participant;

 

(ii) the material diminution of such Participant’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting relationships), duties or responsibilities as in effect during the effectiveness of such Participant’s Award Agreement, excluding an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by such Participant; or

 

(iii) any purported termination by the Company of such Participant’s employment, other than for Cause.

 

“INVESTORS’ AGREEMENT” means the Investors’ Agreement dated as of September 29, 1999 among the Company and the several Stockholders (as defined therein) from time to time parties thereto.

 

“OPTION” means a right to purchase Shares from the Company that is granted under Section 6 of the Plan.

 

“PARTICIPANT” means any Employee, non-employee director of the Company of any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof or consultant to the Company or

 



 

any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof selected by the Compensation Committee to receive an Option under the Plan (and, to the extent applicable, any heirs or legal representatives thereof).

 

“PERMITTED TRANSFEREE” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Investors’ Agreement.

 

“PERSON” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

 

“RULE 16B-3” means Rule 16b-3 as promulgated and interpreted by the SEC under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

“SECTION 162(M)” means Section 162(m) of the Code, or any successor section thereto as in effect from time to time.

 

“SHARES” means (i) shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any stock into which its common stock may thereafter be converted or changed and/or (ii) such other securities as may be designated by the Compensation Committee from time to time.

 

“SUBSIDIARY” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which:

 

(i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or

 

(ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.

 

“SUBSTITUTE OPTIONS” means Options granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding options previously granted by a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines.

 



 

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a) AUTHORITY OF COMPENSATION COMMITTEE. The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan, applicable law and contractual restrictions (including, to the extent applicable, any Employment Agreements) affecting the Company, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Compensation Committee by the Plan, the Compensation Committee shall have full power and authority to:

 

(i)   designate Participants;

 

(ii) determine the type or types of Options to be granted to a Participant;

 

(iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Options;

 

(iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Option and Award Agreement;

 

(v) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Options may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Options or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Options may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended;

 

(vi) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Options, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Option shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Compensation Committee;

 

(vii) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Options, other property and other amounts issued or payable with respect to an Optionshall be subject to restrictions on transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition or alienation, and the nature of such restrictions;

 

(viii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Option made under, the Plan;

 



 

(ix) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and

 

(x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Compensation Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

 

(b) COMPENSATION COMMITTEE DISCRETION BINDING. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Option shall be within the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Persons (including the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Option, any stockholder and any Employee).

 

SECTION 4. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONS.

 

(a) SHARES AVAILABLE. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), the number of Shares with respect to which Options may be granted under the Plan shall be 926,000. If, after the effective date of the Plan, any Shares covered by an Option granted under the Plan (other than a Substitute Option) or to which such an Option relates are forfeited, or if such an Option is settled for cash or otherwise terminates or is canceled without the delivery of Shares, then the Shares covered by such Option, or to which such Option relates, or thenumber of Shares otherwise counted against the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Options may be granted, to the extent of any such settlement, forfeiture, termination or cancellation, shall again become Shares with respect to which Options may be granted. In addition, Shares tendered in satisfaction or partial satisfaction of the exercise price of any Option or any tax withholding obligations (other than the exercise price or tax withholding obligation relating to a Substitute Option), will again become Shares with respect to which Options may be granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), no Participant may receive Options in any calendar year that relate to more than 300,000 Shares.

 

(b) ADJUSTMENTS. In the event that the Compensation Committee determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Compensation Committee

 



 

to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Compensation Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of:

 

(i) the number of Shares of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) with respect to which Options may thereafter be granted;

 

(ii) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to outstanding Options; and

 

(iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Option, or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Option.

 

(c) SUBSTITUTE OPTIONS. Any Shares underlying Substitute Options shall not be counted against the Shares available for Options under the Plan.

 

(d) SOURCES OF SHARES DELIVERABLE UNDER OPTIONS. Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Option may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or of treasury Shares.

 

SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY. Any Employee, non-employee director of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof or consultant to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof shall be eligible to be designated a Participant. Holders of options granted by a company that is acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines are eligible for grants of Substitute Options hereunder in connection with such acquisition or combination transaction.

 

SECTION 6. STOCK OPTIONS.

 

(a) GRANT. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and contractual restrictions (including, to the extent applicable, any Employment Agreements) affecting the Company, the Compensation Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants to whom Options shall be granted, the number of Shares to be covered by each Option, the exercise price therefor and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option.

 

(b) EXERCISE PRICE. The Compensation Committee shall, in its sole discretion, establish the exercise price at the time each Option is granted; PROVIDED

 



 

that, except in the case of Substitute Options, in no event shall the exercise price per Share be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

(c) EXERCISE. Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable Award Agreement or thereafter. The Compensation Committee may impose such conditions with respect to the exercise of Options, including without limitation, any relating to the application of federal or state securities laws, as it may deem necessary or advisable.

 

(d) PAYMENT. No Shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the exercise price, or adequate provision therefor, is received by the Company. Such payment may be made: (i) in cash; (ii) in Shares owned by the Participant for at least six months (the value of such Shares shall be their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise); (iii) by a combination of cash and Shares owned by the Participant for at least six months; (iv) if approved by the Compensation Committee, in accordance with a cashless exercise program; or (v) in such other manner as permitted by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant or thereafter.

 

SECTION 7. VESTING; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Each Award Agreement shall contain such terms as the Committee may in its sole discretion determine concerning vesting, forfeiture, the Company’s rights of repurchase of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, and/or the effects of termination or suspension of a Participant’s employment upon the exercisability of any Option granted thereunder.

 

SECTION 8. ACCELERATED VESTING. The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide in an Award Agreement or at any other time for the accelerated vesting of an Option in the event of a Change of Control.

 

SECTION 9. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

 

(a) AMENDMENTS TO THE PLAN. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; PROVIDED that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if such approval is necessary to qualify for or comply with any tax or regulatory status or requirement (including any approval requirement which is a prerequisite for exemptive relief from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the Code) for which or with which the Board deems it necessary or desirable to qualify or comply. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Compensation Committee may amend the Plan in such manner as may be necessary so as to have the Plan

 



 

conform with local rules and regulations in any jurisdiction outside the United States.

 

(b) AMENDMENTS TO OPTIONS. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the Compensation Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate,any Option theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively; PROVIDED that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would adversely affect the rights of a Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Option theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of such affected Participant, holder orbeneficiary.

 

(c) CANCELLATION. Any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event of a Change of Control or an offer to Participants generally relating to the acquisition of Shares, including through purchase, merger or otherwise, the Compensation Committee may cause any Option granted hereunder to be canceled in consideration of a cash payment or alternative Option made to the holder of such canceled Option.

 

SECTION 10. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

(a) DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS. In the sole and complete discretion of the Compensation Committee, an Option may provide the Participant with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, Shares, other securities or other property on a current or deferred basis.

 

(b) NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS. Except to the extent otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, no Option shall be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by such Participant, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

(c) NO RIGHTS TO OPTIONS. No Employee, Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Option, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Employees, Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Options. The terms and conditions of Options need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

 

(d) STOCK CERTIFICATES. Certificates, if any, issued in respect of Shares shall, unless the Compensation Committee otherwise determines, be registered in the name of the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferees and, so long as a Participant continues to be governed by any forfeiture provisions relating to the Shares, shall be deposited by such Participant or Permitted Transferee, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company. When such forfeiture conditions lapse, the Company shall deliver such certificates to the Participant

 



 

upon request. Such stock certificate shall carry such appropriate legends, and such written instructions shall be given to the Company’s transfer agent, as may be deemed necessary or advisable by counsel to the Company in order to comply with the requirements of (i) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any state securities laws or any other applicable laws and (ii) the Investors’ Agreement. Subject to the provisions of the Investors’ Agreement, all certificates for Shares or other securities of the Company or any Subsidiary delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Option or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Compensation Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any exchange or market upon which such Shares or other securities of the Company are then listed and any applicable laws or rules or regulations, and the Compensation Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

(e) WITHHOLDING. A Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Subsidiary, and the Company or any Subsidiary shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any Option, from any payment due or transfer made under any Option or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amountowing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Shares, other securities, other Options or other property) of any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Option, its exercise or any payment or transfer under an Option or under the Plan, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes. The Compensation Committee may provide for additional cash payments to holders of Options to defray or offset any tax arising from any such grant, lapse, vesting or exercise of any Option.

 

(f) AWARD AGREEMENTS. Each Option hereunder shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Option and any rules applicable thereto.

 

(g) NO LIMIT ON OTHER COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS. This Plan is not intended to be the exclusive authority for the grant of options, stock or stock-based awards, and nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof from adopting or continuing in effect other compensation arrangements, which may, but need not, provide for the grant of options, restricted stock, Shares and other types of awards provided for hereunder (subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required by applicable law). Any such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 



 

(h) NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT. The grant of an Option shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employment or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof. Further, the Company or any Subsidiary may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or service, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.

 

(i) RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Option, no Participant or holder or beneficiary of any Option shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be issued under the Plan until he or she has become the holder of such Shares.

 

(j) GOVERNING LAW. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(k) SEVERABILITY. If any provision of the Plan or any Option is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Option, or would disqualify the Plan or any Option under any law deemed applicable by the Compensation Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Compensation Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Option, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Option, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Option shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(l) OTHER LAWS. The Compensation Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares or such other consideration under an Option if, acting in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Shares or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation or entitle the Company to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant in connection therewithshall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Option granted hereundershall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable requirements of the federal and state securities laws and any other laws to which such offer, if made, would be subject.

 

(m) NO TRUST OR FUND CREATED. Neither the Plan nor any Option shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Subsidiary and a Participant or any

 



 

other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof pursuant to an Option, such right shall be no greater than the right of such unsecured general creditor of the Company or such Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof.

 

(n) NO FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Option, and the Compensation Committee shall determine whether cash or other securities or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

 

(o) INVESTORS’ AGREEMENT TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS. A Participant shall, as a condition precedent to the exercise or settlement of an Option, execute an instrument agreeing to be bound by the terms of the Investors’ Agreement or, at the election of the Company, a counterpart of the Investors’ Agreement. In any event, any Shares acquired upon exercise or settlement shall be subject to the provisions in the Investors’ Agreement regardingrestrictions on transfer and the Company’s rights to compel sales and repurchase Shares.

 

(p) HEADINGS. Headings are given to the sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

 

SECTION 11. TERM OF THE PLAN.

 

(a) EFFECTIVE DATE. The Plan shall be effective as of September 29, 1999, subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company. Options may be granted hereunder prior to such stockholder approval, subject in all cases, however, to such approval.

 

(b) EXPIRATION DATE. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Option granted hereunder may, and the authority of the Board or the Compensation Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue or terminate any such Option or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Option shall, continue after the authority for grant of new Options hereunder has been exhausted.

 


Exhibit 10.7

 

CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.

2000 INCENTIVE PLAN

as amended May 9, 2005

 

1.                                      ADMINISTRATION

 

Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Administrator has the authority to interpret the Plan; determine eligibility for and grant Awards; determine, modify or waive the terms and conditions of any Award; prescribe forms, rules and procedures (which it may modify or waive); and otherwise do all things necessary to implement the Plan. Once an Award has been communicated in writing to a Participant, the Administrator may not, without the Participant’s consent, alter the terms of the Award so as to affect adversely the Participant’s rights under the Award, unless the Administrator has expressly reserved the right to do so. In the case of any Award intended to be eligible for the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m), the Administrator shall exercise its discretion consistent with qualifying the Award for such exception.

 

2.                                      LIMITS ON AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

 

a.                                       NUMBER OF SHARES. A maximum of 9,889,000, shares of Stock may be delivered in satisfaction of Awards under the Plan. For purposes of the preceding sentence, shares that have been forfeited or cancelled in accordance with the terms of the applicable Award and shares held back in satisfaction of the exercise price or tax withholding requirements from shares that would otherwise have been delivered pursuant to an Award shall not be considered to have been delivered under the Plan. Also, the number of shares of Stock delivered under an Award shall be determined net of any previously acquired Shares tendered by the Participant in payment of the exercise price or of withholding taxes.

 

b.                                      TYPE OF SHARES. Stock delivered by the Company under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Stock or previously issued Stock acquired by the Company and held in treasury. No fractional shares of Stock will be delivered under the Plan.

 

c.                                       CERTAIN SHARE LIMITS. The maximum number of shares of Stock for which Stock Options may be granted to any person from and after adoption of the Plan and prior to June 5, 2010, the maximum number of shares of Stock subject to SARs granted to any person during such period and the aggregate maximum number of shares of Stock subject to other Awards that may be delivered (or the value of which may be paid) to any person during such period shall each be 2,000,000. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the repricing of a Stock Option or SAR shall be treated as a new grant to the extent required under Section 162(m). Subject to these limitations, each person eligible to participate in the Plan shall be eligible to receive Awards covering up to the

 



 

full number of shares of Stock then available for Awards under the Plan. No Awards may be granted under the Plan after June 5, 2010, but previously granted Awards may extend beyond that date.

 

d.                                      OTHER AWARD LIMITS. No more than $2,000,000 may be paid to any individual with respect to any Cash Performance Award (other than an Award expressed in terms of shares of Stock or units representing Stock, which shall instead be subject to the limit set forth in Section 2.c. above). In applying the dollar limitation of the preceding sentence: (A) multiple Cash Performance Awards to the same individual that are determined by reference to performance periods of one year or less ending with or within the same fiscal year of the Company shall be subject in the aggregate to one limit of such amount, and (B) multiple Cash Performance Awards to the same individual that are determined by reference to one or more multi-year performance periods ending in the same fiscal year of the Company shall be subject in the aggregate to a separate limit of such amount.

 

3.                                      ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

The Administrator will select Participants from among those key Employees, directors and other individuals or entities providing services to the Company or its Affiliates who, in the opinion of the Administrator, are in a position to make a significant contribution to the success of the Company and its Affiliates. Eligibility for ISOs is further limited to those individuals whose employment status would qualify them for the tax treatment described in Sections 421 and 422 of the Code.

 

4.                                      RULES APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

 

a.                                       ALL AWARDS

 

(1)                                  TERMS OF AWARDS. All Awards of Stock Options and SARs granted hereunder shall have a term of not to exceed ten years from the date of grant. The Administrator shall determine all other terms of all Awards subject to the limitations provided herein.

 

(2)                                  PERFORMANCE CRITERIA. Where rights under an Award depend in whole or in part on satisfaction of Performance Criteria, actions by the Company that have an effect, however material, on such Performance Criteria or on the likelihood that they will be satisfied will not be deemed an amendment or alteration of the Award.

 

(3)                                  ALTERNATIVE SETTLEMENT. The Company may at any time extinguish rights under an Award in exchange for payment in cash, Stock (subject to the limitations of Section 2) or other property on such terms as the Administrator determines, provided the holder of the Award consents to such exchange.

 

(4)                                  TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS. Except as the Administrator

 

2



 

otherwise expressly provides, Awards may not be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and during a Participant’s lifetime an Award requiring exercise may be exercised only by the Participant (or in the event of the Participant’s incapacity, the person or persons legally appointed to act on the Participant’s behalf).

 

(5)                                  VESTING, ETC. Without limiting the generality of Section 1, the Administrator may determine the time or times at which an Award will vest (i.e., become free of forfeiture restrictions) or become exercisable and the terms on which an Award requiring exercise will remain exercisable. Unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise:

 

(A)                              immediately upon the cessation of a Participant’s employment or other service relationship with the Company and its Affiliates, all Awards (other than Stock Options and SARs) held by the Participant (or by a permitted transferee under Section 4.a.(4)) immediately prior to such cessation of employment or other service relationship will be forfeited if not then vested and, where exercisability is relevant, will cease to be exercisable;

 

(B)                                except as provided in (C) and (D) below, all Stock Options and SARs held by a Participant (or by a permitted transferee under Section 4.a.(4)) immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s employment or other service relationship for reasons other than death, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the lesser of (i) a period of three months or (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Stock Option or SAR could have been exercised without regard to this Section 4.a.(5), and shall thereupon terminate;

 

(C)                                all Stock Options and SARs held by a Participant (or by a permitted transferee under Section 4.a.(4)) immediately prior to the Participant’s death, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the lesser of (i) the one-year period ending with the first anniversary of the Participant’s death or (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Stock Option or SAR could have been exercised without regard to this Section 4.a.(5), and shall thereupon terminate; and

 

(D)                               all Stock Options and SARs held by a Participant (or by a permitted transferee of the Participant under Section 4.a.(4)) whose cessation of employment or other service relationship is determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion to result from reasons which cast such discredit on the Participant as to justify immediate termination of the Award shall immediately terminate upon such cessation.

 

3



 

Unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise, a Participant’s “employment or other service relationship with the Company and its Affiliates” will be deemed to have ceased, in the case of an employee Participant, upon termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates (whether or not the Participant continues in the service of the Company or its Affiliates in some capacity other than that of an employee of the Company or its Affiliates), and in the case of any other Participant, when the service relationship in respect of which the Award was granted terminates (whether or not the Participant continues in the service of the Company or its Affiliates in some other capacity).

 

(6)                                  TAXES. The Administrator will make such provision for the withholding of taxes as it deems necessary. The Administrator may, but need not, hold back shares of Stock from an Award or permit a Participant to tender previously owned shares of Stock in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements. In no event shall Stock be tendered or held back by the Company in excess of the minimum amount required to be withheld for Federal, state, and local taxes.

 

(7)                                  DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS, ETC. The Administrator may provide for the payment of amounts in lieu of cash dividends or other cash distributions with respect to Stock subject to an Award if and in such manner as it deems appropriate.

 

(8)                                  RIGHTS LIMITED. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed as giving any person the right to continued employment or service with the Company or its Affiliates, or any rights as a shareholder except as to shares of Stock actually issued under the Plan. The loss of existing or potential profit in Awards will not constitute an element of damages in the event of termination of employment or service for any reason, even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Company or Affiliate to the Participant.

 

(9)                                  SECTION 162(m). The Administrator in its discretion may grant Performance Awards that are intended to qualify for the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) and Performance Awards that are not intended so to qualify. In the case of an Award intended to be eligible for the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m), the Plan and such Award shall be construed to the maximum extent permitted by law in a manner consistent with qualifying the Award for such exception. In the case of a Performance Award intended to qualify as performance-based for the purposes of Section 162(m), except as otherwise permitted by the regulations at Treas. Regs. Section 1.162-27: (i) the Administrator shall pre-establish in writing one or more specific Performance Criteria no later than 90 days after the commencement of the period of service to which the performance relates (or at such earlier time as is required to qualify the Award as performance-based under Section 162(m)); (ii) payment of the Award shall be conditioned upon prior certification by the Administrator that the Performance Criteria have been satisfied; and (iii) if the Performance Criteria with respect to the Award are

 

4



 

not satisfied, no other Award shall be provided in substitution of the Performance Award. The provisions of this Section 6.a.(9) shall be construed in a manner that is consistent with the regulations under Section 162(m).

 

(10)                            OPTION AND SAR REPRICING. Options and SARs may not be repriced without the approval of a majority of shares voting on the matter.

 

b.                                      AWARDS REQUIRING EXERCISE

 

(1)                                  TIME AND MANNER OF EXERCISE. Unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise, (a) an Award requiring exercise by the holder will not be deemed to have been exercised until the Administrator receives a written notice of exercise (in form acceptable to the Administrator) signed by the appropriate person and accompanied by any payment required under the Award; and (b) if the Award is exercised by any person other than the Participant, the Administrator may require satisfactory evidence that the person exercising the Award has the right to do so.

 

(2)                                  EXERCISE PRICE. The Administrator shall determine the exercise price of each Stock Option; PROVIDED, that each Stock Option must have an exercise price that is not less than the fair market value of the Stock subject to the Stock Option, determined as of the date of grant. An ISO granted to an Employee described in Section 422(b)(6) of the Code must have an exercise price that is not less than 110% of such fair market value.

 

(3)                                  PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE, IF ANY. Where the exercise of an Award is to be accompanied by payment, the Administrator may determine the required or permitted forms of payment, subject to the following: (a) all payments will be by cash or check acceptable to the Administrator, or, if so permitted by the Administrator (with the consent of the optionee of an ISO if permitted after the grant), (i) through the delivery of shares of Stock which have been outstanding for at least six months (unless the Administrator approves a shorter period) and which have a fair market value equal to the exercise price, (ii) by delivery of a promissory note of the person exercising the Award to the Company, payable on such terms as are specified by the Administrator, (iii) if the Stock is publicly traded, by delivery of an unconditional and irrevocable undertaking by a broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing permissible forms of payment; and (b) where shares of Stock issued under an Award are part of an original issue of shares, the Award shall require an exercise price equal to at least the par value of such shares.

 

(4)                                  GRANT OF STOCK OPTIONS. Each Stock Option awarded under the Plan shall be deemed to have been awarded as a non-ISO (and to have been so

 

5



 

designated by its terms) unless the Administrator expressly provides for ISO treatment that the Stock Option is to be treated as an ISO.

 

c.                                       AWARDS NOT REQUIRING EXERCISE

 

Awards of Restricted Stock and Unrestricted Stock may be made in return for either (i) services determined by the Administrator to have a value not less than the par value of the Awarded shares of Stock, or (ii) cash or other property having a value not less than the par value of the Awarded shares of Stock plus such additional amounts (if any) as the Administrator may determine payable in such combination and type of cash, other property (of any kind) or services as the Administrator may determine.

 

d.                                      AWARDS OF RESTRICTED STOCK

 

Notwithstanding Section 4(a)(5), (i) Awards of Restricted Stock that are not Performance Awards shall vest (i.e., become free of forfeiture restrictions) in no less than three years from the date of grant, and (ii) Awards of Restricted Stock that are Performance Awards shall be subject to the attainment of Performance Criteria which require at least 12 months to achieve; provided, however that Awards of Restricted Stock aggregating not more than 10% of the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan may be awarded without the vesting requirements set forth in clauses (i) and (ii).

 

5.                                      EFFECT OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

 

a.                                       MERGERS, ETC. Immediately prior to a Covered Transaction (other than an Excluded Transaction in which the outstanding Awards have been assumed or substituted for as provided below), all outstanding Awards shall vest and, if relevant, become exercisable, all Performance Criteria and other conditions to any Award shall be deemed satisfied, and all deferrals measured by reference to or payable in shares of Stock shall be accelerated. Upon consummation of a Covered Transaction, all Awards then outstanding and requiring exercise or delivery shall terminate unless assumed by an acquiring or surviving entity or its affiliate as provided below.

 

In the event of a Covered Transaction, the Administrator may provide for substitute or replacement Awards from, or the assumption of Awards by, the acquiring or surviving entity or its affiliates on such terms as the Administrator determines.

 

b.                                      CHANGES IN AND DISTRIBUTIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE STOCK

 

(1)                                  BASIC ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS. In the event of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares, recapitalization or other change in the Company’s capital structure, the Administrator will make appropriate adjustments to the maximum number of shares that may be delivered under the Plan under Section 2.a. and to the maximum share limits described in Section 2.c., and will also make appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to Awards then outstanding or subsequently granted, any exercise prices relating to Awards and any other

 

6



 

provision of Awards affected by such change. For the avoidance of doubt, the 9,889,000 and 2,000,000 share limits expressed in Section 2 are intended to reflect the increased number of shares resulting from the share exchange approved on June 5, 2000; accordingly, no further adjustment in those limits shall be made under this Section 5.b. solely to reflect such exchange.

 

(2)                                  CERTAIN OTHER ADJUSTMENTS. The Administrator may also make adjustments of the type described in paragraph (1) above to take into account distributions to common stockholders other than those provided for in Section 5.a. and 5.b.(1), or any other event, if the Administrator determines that adjustments are appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan and to preserve the value of Awards made hereunder; PROVIDED, that no such adjustment shall be made to the maximum share limits described in Section 2.c., or otherwise to an Award intended to be eligible for the performance-based exception under Section 162(m), except to the extent consistent with that exception, nor shall any change be made to ISOs except to the extent consistent with their continued qualification under Section 422 of the Code.

 

(3)                                  CONTINUING APPLICATION OF PLAN TERMS. References in the Plan to shares of Stock shall be construed to include any stock or securities resulting from an adjustment pursuant to Section 5.b.(1) or 5.b.(2) above.

 

6.                                      LEGAL CONDITIONS ON DELIVERY OF STOCK

 

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove any restriction from shares of Stock previously delivered under the Plan until the Company’s counsel has approved all legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares; if the outstanding Stock is at the time of delivery listed on any stock exchange or national market system, the shares to be delivered have been listed or authorized to be listed on such exchange or system upon official notice of issuance; and all conditions of the Award have been satisfied or waived. If the sale of Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company may require, as a condition to exercise of the Award, such representations or agreements as counsel for the Company may consider appropriate to avoid violation of such Act. The Company may require that certificates evidencing Stock issued under the Plan bear an appropriate legend reflecting any restriction on transfer applicable to such Stock.

 

7.                                      AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

Subject to the last sentence of Section 1, the Administrator may at any time or times amend the Plan or any outstanding Award for any purpose which may at the time be permitted by law, or may at any time terminate the Plan as to any further grants of Awards; PROVIDED, that (except to the extent expressly required or permitted by the Plan) no such amendment will, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, effectuate a change for which stockholder approval is required in order for the Plan to continue to qualify under Section 422 of the Code and for Awards to be eligible for the performance-based exception under Section 162(m). Any material amendment

 

7



 

to the Plan approved by the Administrator shall be submitted to the Company’s stockholders for approval prior to implementation.

 

8.                                      NON-LIMITATION OF THE COMPANY’S RIGHTS

 

The existence of the Plan or the grant of any Award shall not in any way affect the Company’s right to Award a person bonuses or other compensation in addition to Awards under the Plan.

 

9.                                      GOVERNING LAW

 

The Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

10.                               DEFINED TERMS.

 

The following terms, when used in the Plan, shall have the meanings and be subject to the provisions set forth below:

 

“ADMINISTRATOR”: The Board or, if one or more has been appointed, the Committee. With respect to ministerial tasks deemed appropriate by the Board or Committee, the term “Administrator” shall also include such persons (including Employees) to whom the Board or Committee shall have delegated such tasks.

 

“AFFILIATE”: Any corporation or other entity owning, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the outstanding Stock of the Company, or in which the Company or any such corporation or other entity owns, directly or indirectly, 50% of the outstanding capital stock (determined by aggregate voting rights) or other voting interests.

 

“AWARD”: Any or a combination of the following:

 

(i)                                     Stock Options.

 

(ii)                                  SARs.

 

(iii)                               Restricted Stock.

 

(iv)                              Unrestricted Stock.

 

(v)                                 Deferred Stock.

 

(vi)                              Cash Performance Awards.

 

(vii)                           Other Performance Awards.

 

(viii)                        Grants of cash made in connection with other Awards in order to help defray

 

8



 

in whole or in part the economic cost (including tax cost) of the Award to the Participant.

 

“BOARD”: The Board of Directors of the Company.

 

“CASH PERFORMANCE AWARD”: A Performance Award payable in cash. The right of the Company under Section 4.a.(3) (subject to the consent of the holder of the Award as therein provided) to extinguish an Award in exchange for cash or the exercise by the Company of such right shall not make an Award otherwise not payable in cash a Cash Performance Award.

 

“CODE”: The U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as from time to time amended and in effect, or any successor statute as from time to time in effect.

 

“COMMITTEE”: One or more committees of the Board (including any subcommittee thereof) appointed or authorized to make Awards and otherwise to administer the Plan. In the case of Awards granted to officers of the Company, except as otherwise permitted by the regulations at Treas. Regs. Section 1.162-27, the Committee shall be comprised solely of two or more outside directors within the meaning of Section 162(m).

 

“COMPANY”: Charles River Laboratories International, Inc.

 

“COVERED TRANSACTION”: Any of (i) a consolidation or merger in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or which results in any individual, entity or “group” (within the meaning of section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) acquiring the beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly of more than 50% of either the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, (ii) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all the Company’s assets, or (iii) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

 

“DEFERRED STOCK”: A promise to deliver Stock or other securities in the future on specified terms.

 

“EMPLOYEE”: Any person who is employed by the Company or an Affiliate.

 

“EXCLUDED TRANSACTION”: A Covered Transaction in which

 

(i)                                     the shares of common stock of the Company or the voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors are acquired directly from the Company; or

 

(ii)                                  the shares of common stock of the Company or the voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors are acquired by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by

 

9



 

the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company; or

 

(iii)                               (a) the beneficial owners of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, and of the securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, in substantially the same proportions immediately following such transaction more than 50% of the outstanding shares of common stock and of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the corporation (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) resulting from such transaction excluding such ownership as existed prior to the transaction and (b) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such transaction were members of the board of directors at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, authorizing such transaction.

 

“ISO”: A Stock Option intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

“PARTICIPANT”: An Employee, director or other person providing services to the Company or its Affiliates who is granted an Award under the Plan.

 

“PERFORMANCE AWARD”: An Award subject to Performance Criteria.

 

“PERFORMANCE CRITERIA”: Specified criteria the satisfaction of which is a condition for the exercisability, vesting or full enjoyment of an Award. For purposes of Performance Awards that are intended to qualify for the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m), a Performance Criterion shall mean an objectively determinable measure of performance relating to any of the following (determined either on a consolidated basis or, as the context permits, on a divisional, subsidiary, line of business, project or geographical basis or in combinations thereof): (i) sales; revenues; assets; liabilities; costs; expenses; earnings before or after deduction for all or any portion of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization or other items, whether or not on a continuing operations or an aggregate or per share basis; return on equity, investment, capital or assets; one or more operating ratios; borrowing levels, leverage ratios or credit rating; market share; capital expenditures; cash flow; working capital requirements; stock price; stockholder return; sales, contribution or gross margin, of particular products or services; particular operating or financial ratios; customer acquisition, expansion and retention; or any combination of the foregoing; or (ii) acquisitions and divestitures (in whole or in part); joint ventures and strategic alliances; spin-offs, split-ups and the like; reorganizations; recapitalizations, restructurings, financings (issuance of debt or equity) and refinancings; transactions that would constitute a change of control; or any combination of the foregoing. A Performance Criterion measure and targets with respect thereto determined by the Administrator need not be based upon an increase, a positive or improved result or

 

10



 

avoidance of loss.

 

“PLAN”: The Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. 2000 Incentive Plan as from time to time amended and in effect.

 

“RESTRICTED STOCK”: An Award of Stock subject to restrictions requiring that such Stock be redelivered to the Company if specified conditions are not satisfied.

 

“SECTION 162(m)”: Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

“SARS”: Rights entitling the holder upon exercise to receive cash or Stock, as the Administrator determines, equal to a function (determined by the Administrator using such factors as it deems appropriate) of the amount by which the Stock has appreciated in value since the date of the Award.

 

“STOCK”: Common Stock of the Company.

 

“STOCK OPTIONS”: Options entitling the recipient to acquire shares of Stock upon payment of the exercise price.

 

“UNRESTRICTED STOCK”: An Award of Stock not subject to any restrictions under the Plan.

 

11


 

Exhibit 10.11

 

AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement, dated                         , 200     (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between Charles River Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and                                     (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company considers it essential to the best interests of its shareholders to foster the continuous employment of key management personnel;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that, as is the case with many publicly-held corporations, the possibility of a Change in Control (as defined below) exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s management, including the Executive, to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control; and

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Company and the Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Defined Terms. Capitalized terms, not elsewhere defined in this Agreement, are defined in Section 16 hereof.

 

2.                                       Terms of Agreement. (a) This Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue in effect while the Executive is employed by the Company for a period of three years; provided, however, that commencing on the third anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for one additional year unless, not later than 90-days prior to any such anniversary date either party shall have given notice that it does not wish to extend this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control shall have occurred during the original or extended term of this Agreement, (i) this Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of 36 months beyond the month in which such Change in Control occurred and (ii) any notice of nonrenewal given by the Company during the twelve months prior to such Change in Control shall be deemed revoked and this Agreement shall be reinstated as if never terminated in accordance with such notice.

 

(b)                                 It is intended, and the parties hereto agree, that (i) the benefit, if any, payable to the Executive under any other severance or termination pay plan, arrangement or agreement of or with the Company shall be reduced by the amount of any payment actually provided under Section 6.1 hereof, (ii) any option to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock awarded to the Executive under any stock option or other long-term incentive plan of the Company shall become fully exercisable upon the

 



 

occurrence of a Change in Control during the term of the Agreement, and (iii) and restrictions on any shares of restricted stock held by the Executive shall fully lapse upon the occurrence of a Change in Control during the term of this Agreement, provided that nothing herein shall otherwise affect or modify the terms of any such option or restricted stock or the Executive’s right or obligations with respect thereof.

 

3.                                       Company’s Covenants Summarized. In order to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company, and in consideration of the Executive’s covenant set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Company agrees to compensate the Executive as set forth herein, upon the terms and under the conditions described herein, in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated under the circumstances described below following a Change in Control and during the term of this Agreement. No amount or benefit shall be payable under this Agreement unless there shall have been (or under the terms hereof, there shall be deemed to have been) a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company following a Change in Control.

 

4.                                       The Executive’s Covenants. The Executive agrees that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control during the term of this Agreement, the Executive will remain in the employ of the Company until the earliest of (a) a date which is six (6) months after the date of such Change in Control, (b) the date, after such Change in Control, of termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment for Good Reason, or termination of Executive’s employment by reason of Death, Disability or Retirement, or (c) the termination by the Company, after such Change in Control, of the Executive’s employment for any reason.

 

5.                                       Compensation Other Than Severance Payment.

 

5.1.                              Disability. Following a Change in Control during the term of this Agreement, during any period that the Executive fails to perform the Executive’s full-time duties with the Company as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Company shall continue to pay the Executive’s full salary to the Executive at the rate in effect at the commencement of any such period, together with all compensation and benefits payable to the Executive under the terms of any compensation or benefit plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company during such period, until the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Disability.

 

5.2.                              Salary Continuation. If the Executive’s employment shall be terminated for any reason following a Change in Control and during the term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive’s full salary to the Executive through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time the Notice of Termination is given, together with all compensation and benefits payable to the Executive through the Date of Termination under the terms of any compensation or benefit plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company during such period.

 

5.3.                              Other Post-Termination Compensation. If the Executive’s employment shall be terminated for any reason following a Change in Control and during the term of this Agreement, the Company shall, except as provided in Section 2 above,

 

2



 

pay the Executive’s normal post-termination compensation and benefits to the Executive as such payments become due. Such post-termination compensation and benefits shall be determined under, and paid in accordance with, the Company’s retirement, insurance, deferred compensation and other compensation or benefit plans, programs, agreements or arrangements.

 

6.                                       Company Obligations upon Termination. If, during the term of this Agreement and on or before the first anniversary of a Change in Control, (i) the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment other than for Cause, Death or Disability or (ii) the Executive shall terminate her employment for Good Reason, then the Company shall pay to the Executive the payments set forth in Sections 6.1, 6.2, if applicable, 6.3 and 6.4 hereof (collectively, the “Severance Payments”) in addition to the payments and benefits described in Sections 5 and 6.6 hereof. The Executive’s employment shall be deemed to have been terminated following a Change in Control by the Company without Cause or by the Executive with Good Reason if the Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause prior to a Change in Control at the direction of a Person who has entered into or has proposed to enter into an agreement with the Company the consummation of which will constitute a Change in Control, or if the Executive terminates her employment with Good Reason prior to a Change in Control if the circumstances or event which constitutes Good Reason occurs at the direction of such Persons; provided in either case that a Change in Control involving such other Person is consummated within 12 months after any such direction.

 

6.1.                              Severance Payment. In lieu of any further salary payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the date of Termination, the Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum severance payment, in cash, equal to           times (i.e.,          of) the sum of the Executive’s then base salary plus the target bonus contained in the Executive Bonus Plan for the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs.

 

6.2.                              Golden Parachute Excise Tax. The Company intends that the Executive shall generally not bear the economic effect of the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code on so-called golden parachute payments. This provision shall be implemented in accordance with the provisions of Annex 1. However, if a small (up to 15%) reduction in the Executive’s entitlements would greatly minimize the Company’s costs in providing the excise tax protection, the Company will reduce the amounts paid to the Executive hereunder to that small extent.

 

6.3.                              Retirement Plan Payments. In the event the Executive was a participant in the Charles River Laboratories, Inc. Pension Plan (or any successor plan thereto) (the “Pension Plan”) on or prior to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive a separate lump-sum supplemental retirement benefit (the “Supplemental Retirement Amount”) equal to the difference between (1) the actuarial equivalent of the benefit payable under the Pension Plan which the Executive would receive if the Executive’s employment continued for the        years following the Date of Termination and if her compensation during such number of years increased at a rate of 4% per year from the level in effect on the Date of Termination, and (2) the actuarial equivalent of the Executive’s actual benefit (paid or payable), if any, under the Pension

 

3



 

Plan. The amounts to be paid to the Executive under this Section shall be paid out of the Pension Plan trust, to the extent permissible under applicable law. For purposes of calculating the actuarial equivalents referred to in (1) and (2) above, the Company shall use the actuarial assumptions utilized with respect to the Pension Plan during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control Date and shall assume that all accrued benefits are fully vested and that benefit accrual formulas in effect during any years after the Date of Termination are no less advantageous to the Executive than those in effect during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control Date.

 

6.4.                              ESLIRP Payment. In the event that (x) the Executive is a participant in the Charles River Laboratories, Inc. Executive Supplemental Life Insurance Retirement Plan (the “ESLIRP”) on or prior to the Date of Termination, and (y) the ESLIRP shall not then have been replaced by the Charles River Laboratories Deferred Compensation Plan (the “DCP”), the Company shall pay to the Executive a separate lump-sum supplemental retirement benefit (the “ESLIRP Payment”) in discharge of the Company’s obligations under the ESLIRP equal to the actuarial equivalent of the Executive’s benefit accrued through the Date of Termination under the ESLIRP. The ESLIRP Payment shall be calculated (i) utilizing the actuarial assumptions specified by Section 417(e)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, and in the case of the interest rate specified under subparagraph (ii)(II) of such section, using such rate established for the month of November of the year preceding the year in which the payment occurs; (ii) assuming that the Executive’s employment continued for        years following the Date of Termination, and (iii) assuming that the Executive’s compensation during such number of years referred to in (ii) increased at a rate of 4% per year from the level in effect on the Date of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, to the extent the ESLIRP Payment is funded through a trust of which the Executive is a beneficiary, such amount to the extent so funded shall be paid from such trust. In the event that the provisions of this subsection are in conflict with provisions of the ESLIRP, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail if the provisions of this Agreement are more favorable to the Executive. No payment shall be made under this Section 6.4 if the DCP shall have been adopted and implemented prior to the Change in Control.

 

6.5.                              Timing of Payment. The payment provided for in Section 6.1 hereof shall be made not later than the fifth day following the Date of Termination, provided, however, that if the amount of such payment, and the limitation on such payment set forth in Section 6.2 hereof, cannot be finally determined on or before such day, the Company shall pay to the Executive on such day an estimate, as determined in good faith by the Company, of the minimum amount of such payment to which the Executive is clearly entitled and shall pay the remainder of such payment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code) as soon as the amount thereof can be determined but in no event later than the 30th day after the Date of Termination. In the event that the amount of the estimated payment exceeds the amount subsequently determined to have been due, such excess shall be paid back to the Company within five business days after demand by the Company and such payment shall not be considered a loan, therefore no interest shall be due or payable. At the time that payments are made under this Section 6 the Company shall provide the Executive with a written statement setting forth the manner in which such payments were calculated and the basis for such

 

4



 

calculation including, without limitation, any opinions or other advice the Company has received from outside counsel, auditors or consultants (and any such opinions or advice which are in writing shall be attached to the statement).

 

6.6.                              Payment of Legal Fees and Expense. The Company shall pay to the Executive all legal fees and expenses incurred by the Executive as a result of or in connection with a termination of employment (other than any such termination by the Company for Cause) following a Change in Control and during the term of the Agreement (including all such fees and expenses, if any, incurred in good faith in disputing any such termination or in seeking in good faith to obtain or enforce any benefit or right provided by the Agreement or in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable to the application of Section 4999 of the Code to any payment or benefit provided hereunder). Such payments shall be made within five business days after delivery of the Executive’s written request for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require.

 

6.7.                              Continuation of Benefits. If the Executive’s employment terminates as provided in Section 6, (a) the Company shall, for          years following the Date of Termination, or such longer period as any plan, program, practice or policy may provide, continue benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family at least equal to those which would have been provided had the Executive’s employment not been terminated, in accordance with the plans, programs, practices and policies in effect and applicable generally to other peer executives and their families during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date that provided for group health, dental and life insurance and other welfare-type plans, or if more favorable to the Executive, in accordance with such plan, program, practice or policy as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies; provided, however, that if the Executive becomes employed by another employer and is eligible to receive medical or other welfare benefits under another employer provided plan, the medical and other welfare benefits described herein shall be secondary to those provided under such other plan during such applicable period of eligibility. For purposes of determining eligibility of the Executive for retiree benefits pursuant to such plans, practices, programs and policies, the Executive shall be considered to have remained employed until the end of the        year period following the Date of Termination and to have retired on the last day of such period.

 

(b)                 Executive shall be permitted to purchase her then currently Company-leased vehicle in accordance with the most attractive terms available under such lease.

 

(c)                  The Company shall provide (or reimburse) Executive with 26 weeks of fully paid outplacement services, up to a maximum of $                .

 

7.                                       Termination Procedures and Compensation During Dispute.

 

7.1.                              Notice of Termination. After a Change in Control and during the term of this Agreement, any purported termination of the Executive’s employment (other than by reason of Death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one

 

5



 

party hereto to the other party in accordance with Section 10 hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated. Further, a Notice of Termination for Cause is required to include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire Board at a meeting of the Board which was called and held for the purpose of considering such termination (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with her counsel, to be heard before the Board) finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive was guilty of conduct set forth in the definition of Cause herein, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

 

7.2.                              Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” with respect to any termination of the Executive’s employment after a Change in Control and during the term of this Agreement, shall mean (a) if the Executive’s employment is terminated for Disability, 30 days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties during such 30-day period), and (b) if the Executive’s employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of termination by the Company, shall not be less than 30 days (except in the case of a termination for Cause), and, in the case of a termination by the Executive, shall not be less than 15 days nor more than 60 days, respectively, from the date of such Notice of Termination is given).

 

7.3.                              Dispute Concerning Termination. Notwithstanding any provision of Section 7.2 hereof to the contrary, if within 15 days after Notice of Termination is received, or, if later, prior to the Date of Termination (as determined without regard to this Section 7.3), the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party in writing that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally resolved, either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by a final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (which is not appealable or with respect to which the time for appeal therefrom has expired and no appeal has been perfected); provided that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such notice pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, a dispute concerning termination shall be deemed finally resolved if, within 30 days of an arbitration award concerning such dispute, neither party commences an action in any court seeking the modification of or other relief from such award.

 

7.4.                              Compensation During Dispute. If a proposed termination occurs following a Change in Control and during the term of this Agreement, and such termination is disputed in accordance with Section 7.3 hereof, the Company shall continue to pay the Executive the full compensation in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, salary) and continue the Executive as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans in which the Executive was participating when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given, until the dispute is

 

6



 

finally resolved in accordance with Section 7.3 hereof. Amounts paid under this Section 7.4 are in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement (other than those due under Section 5.2 hereof).

 

8.                                       No Mitigation; Set-Off. The Company agrees that, if the Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated during the term of this Agreement, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to this Agreement. Further, except as provided in Section 6.7, the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company or otherwise. The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive.

 

9.                                       Successors. The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place, unless such obligations are binding upon such successor by operation of law. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled to hereunder if the Executive were to terminate the Executive’s employment for Good Reason after a Change in Control, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

 

10.                                 Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by the US registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt:

 

To the Company:

 

Charles River Laboratories, Inc.
251 Ballardvale St.
Wilmington, MA 01887
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Copy to: General Counsel

 

7



 

To the Executive:

 

At the address then appearing
on the employment records
of the Company.

 

11.                                 Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and such officer of the Company as may be specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Any payments provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any applicable withholding required under federal, state or local law and any additional withholding to which the Executive has agreed. The obligations of the Company and the Executive under Sections 5, 6 and 7 shall survive the expiration of this Agreement.

 

12.                                 Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

13.                                 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14.                                 Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration conducted before a single arbitrator in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the commercial rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) then in effect. Unless a mutually acceptable arbitrator shall have been selected by the parties within 30 days of the initiation of arbitration proceedings, then upon application of either party to the Boston office of the AAA, the AAA shall designate such arbitrator. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction, provided, however, that the Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of her right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

15.                                 Confidentiality. The Executive shall keep secret and confidential and shall not disclose to any third party in any fashion or for any purpose whatsoever, any information regarding this Agreement which is (i) not available to the general public, and/or (ii) not generally known outside the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing

 

8



 

provisions of this Section 15, the Executive may discuss this Agreement with the members of her immediate family and with her personal legal and tax advisors, provided that prior to disclosing any term or condition of this Agreement to any person, the Executive shall obtain from such person for the benefit of the Company his or her agreement to observe the foregoing confidentiality provisions.

 

16.                                 Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following shall have the meanings indicated below:

 

16.1.                        Beneficial Owner” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning defined in, and shall be determined pursuant to, Rule l3d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

16.2.                        Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

16.3.                        Cause” for termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment, after any Change in Control, shall mean (a) the willful and continued failure by the Executive to perform the Executive’s duties with the Company, (b) a substantial and not de minimis violation of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (and any successor policy), as the same are in effect from time to time, (c) the Executive’s conviction of a felony, or (d) engaging in conduct that constitutes a violation of Section 15 hereof.

 

16.4.                        Change in Control” means any one of the following: (i) the closing of the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets as an entirety to any person or related group of persons; (ii) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or the merger or consolidation of another corporation with or into the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, in either case with the effect that immediately after such transaction the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction represent less than a majority in interest of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the entity surviving such merger or consolidation; or (iii) the closing of a transaction pursuant to which Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (assuming the issuance of Common Stock upon conversion or exercise of all then exercisable conversion or purchase rights of holders of outstanding convertible securities, options, warrants, exchange rights and other rights to acquire Common Stock) is transferred to a single person or entity, or a “group” (within the meaning of Rule l3d-5(b)(l) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of persons or entities, in a single transaction or a series or related transactions. It shall also be treated as a Change in Control hereunder if any of the events described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) occur to Charles River Laboratories International, Inc., or any other company directly or indirectly controlling the Company at the time of any such transaction.

 

16.5.                        Change in Control Date.”  The effective date of the Change in Control.

 

9



 

16.6.                        Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references to the Code shall be deemed also to refer to any successor provisions of such sections.

 

16.7.                        Company” shall mean Charles River Laboratories, Inc. and any successor to its business and/or assets which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise (except in determining, under Section 16.4 hereof, whether or not a Change in Control of the Company has occurred in connection with such succession).

 

16.8.                        Date of Termination” shall have the meaning stated in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 hereof.

 

16.9.                        Disability” shall be deemed the reason for termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties with the Company for a period of [six (6)] consecutive months, the Company shall have given the Executive a Notice of Termination for Disability, and within 30 days after such Notice of Termination is given, the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of her duties.

 

16.10.                  Executive” shall mean the individual named in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

16.11.                  Good Reason” for termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment shall mean the occurrence after a Change in Control (without the Executive’s express written consent) of any one of the following acts by the Company, or failures by the Company to act, unless in the case of any act or failure to act described in paragraph (i), (iv), (v), (vi) or (vii) below, such act or failure to act is corrected prior to the Date of Termination specified in the Notice of Termination given in respect thereof:

 

(i)                                     the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent with the Executive’s position and responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

 

(ii)                                  a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all senior executives of the Company and all senior executives of any Person in control of the Company;

 

(iii)                               the failure by the Company to pay to the Executive any portion of the Executive’s current compensation except pursuant to an across- the-board salary reduction similarly affecting all senior executives of the Company and all senior executives of any Person in control of the Company, or to pay to the Executive any portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred

 

10



 

compensation program of the Company, within 14 days of the date such compensation is due;

 

(iv)                              the failure by the Company to continue in effect any compensation plan in which the Executive participates immediately prior to the Change in Control which is material to the Executive’s total compensation, unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan, or the failure by the Company to continue the Executive’s participation therein (or in a substitute or alternative plan) on a basis not materially less favorable, both in terms of the amount of benefits provided and the level of the Executive’s participation relative to other participants, as existed at the time of the Change in Control;

 

(v)                                 the failure by the Company to continue to provide the Executive with benefits substantially similar to those enjoyed by the Executive under any of the Company’s pension, life insurance, medical, health and accident, or disability plans in which the Executive was participating at the time of the Change in Control, the taking of any action by the Company which would directly or indirectly materially reduce any of such benefits or deprive the Executive of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by the Executive at the time of the Change in Control, or the failure by the Company to provide the Executive with the number of paid vacation days to which the Executive is entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy in effect at the time of the Change in Control;

 

(vi)                              any proposed termination of the Executive’s employment which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1, for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective;

 

(vii)                           the failure by the Company to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement as contemplated in Section 9 hereof; or

 

(viii)                        the Company’s requiring the Executive to relocate to an office or location more than 50 miles distant from the office or location at which the Executive was based immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

 

16.12.                  Notice of Termination” shall have the meaning stated in Section 7.1 hereof.

 

11



 

16.13.                  Person” shall have the meaning defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

16.14.                  Retirement” shall mean retirement after attaining “normal retirement age” under any pension or retirement plan maintained by the Company in which the Executive participates.

 

16.15.                  Severance Payments” shall mean the payment(s) described in Section 6 hereof.

 

 

 

CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES,
INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

12



 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13



 

Annex 1

 

(a)                                  Anything in the Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding but subject to paragraph (b) of this Annex, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of the Agreement or otherwise (a “Payment”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or similar section or any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in lump sum in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any Excise Tax, imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payment.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Annex, if the aggregate value of the Payment is less than 315% of the Executive’s “base amount” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code), then the Executive shall not be entitled to any Gross-Up Payment and, instead, the Payment shall be reduced to an amount equal to $1.00 less than 300% of the “base amount”.

 

(c)                                  Subject to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Annex, all determinations required to be made under this Annex, including whether a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment, shall be made at the Company’s expense by an accounting firm selected by the Company and acceptable to the Executive which is designated as one of the four (4) largest accounting firms in the United States (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of termination of employment under the Agreement, if applicable, or such earlier time as is requested by the Executive or the Company. When calculating the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive shall be deemed to pay:

 

(i)                                     federal income taxes at the highest applicable marginal rate of federal income taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, and

 

(ii)                                  any applicable state and local income taxes at the highest applicable marginal rate of taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-up Payment is to be made, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes if paid in such year.

 

If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, it shall state in writing to Executive that Executive has substantial authority not to report any Excise Tax on Executive’s federal income tax return. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. As a result of the

 

A-1



 

uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Annex, and Executive is thereafter required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

 

(d)                                 The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after Executive knows of such claim and shall notify the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall:

 

(iii)                               give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

 

(iv)                              take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

 

(v)                                 cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

 

(vi)                              permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

 

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax, including interest and penalties with respect thereto, imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses.

 

Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (d), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a

 

A-2



 

determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax, including interest or penalties with respect thereto, imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for Executive’s taxable year with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

 

(e)                                  If after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Annex, Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this Annex) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon by the taxing authority after deducting any taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Annex, a determination is made that Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30-days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid under paragraph (d) of this Annex. The forgiveness of such advance shall be considered part of the Gross-Up Payment and subject to gross-up for any taxes (including interest or penalties) associated therewith.

 

A-3


Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

 

 

 

 

1.

Charles River Laboratories, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

 

2.

Charles River Laboratories Massachusetts Business Trust

 

Massachusetts

 

 

 

 

3.

Charles River Proteomics Services, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

 

4.

CRL Holdings Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

5.

Zhanjiang A&C Biological Ltd.

 

China

 

 

 

 

6.

River Valley Farms Inc.

 

Minnesota

 

 

 

 

7.

River Valley Farms LLC

 

Minnesota

 

 

 

 

8.

Charles River Lab Holdings Mass Business Trust

 

Massachusetts

 

 

 

 

9.

Charles River Holdings LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

 

10.

CRL Holdings CV

 

Netherlands

 

 

 

 

11.

Charles River LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

 

12.

Ballardvale CV

 

Netherlands

 

 

 

 

13.

Charles River Netherlands BV

 

Netherlands

 

 

 

 

14.

Charles River Europe GmbH

 

Germany

 

 

 

 

15.

Charles River Germany Verwaltungs GmbH

 

Germany

 

 

 

 

16.

Charles River Germany GmbH and Co. KG

 

Germany

 

 

 

 

17.

Charles River Laboratories, Avian Products and Services, Germany GmbH

 

Germany

 

 

 

 

18.

ALPES S.A.

 

Mexico

 

 

 

 

19.

Charles River Laboratories Holding SAS

 

France

 

 

 

 

20.

Charles River Laboratories BioLabs Europe Ltd.

 

Ireland

 

 

 

 

21.

Entomology Europe Limited

 

Ireland

 

 

 

 

22.

Saothorlanna Bitheolaiocha Idirnaisiunta Teoranta

 

Ireland

 



 

23.

Charles River Laboratories, Research Models and Services, Germany GmbH

 

Germany

 

 

 

 

24.

Laboratorium Technical Szolgallato

 

Hungary

 

 

 

 

25.

Charles River Consulting GmbH

 

Germany

 

 

 

 

26.

Charles River UK Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

27.

Charles River Laboratories Saint-Constant S.A.

 

Canada

 

 

 

 

28.

Charles River Laboratories, Avian Products and Services, Australia PTY, Ltd.

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

29.

Charles River Japan KK

 

Japan

 

 

 

 

30.

Charles River Laboratories Preclinical and Clinical Services Japan, Inc.

 

Japan

 

 

 

 

31.

Charles River Laboratories France SAS

 

France

 

 

 

 

32.

Charles River Laboratories Italia Srl

 

Italy

 

 

 

 

33.

Charles River Endosafe Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

34.

Charles River Laboratories Espana SA

 

Spain

 

 

 

 

35.

Charles River Laboratories Belgium SA

 

Belgium

 

 

 

 

36.

Inveresk Research Group LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

 

37.

Inveresk Holdings LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

 

38.

Charles River Laboratories Group Ltd.

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

39.

Charles River Laboratories Holdings (Scotland) Ltd.

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

40.

Charles River Laboratories Preclinical Services Edinburgh Ltd.

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

41.

Charles River Laboratories Clinical Services Ltd

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

42.

Inveresk Research (Canada) Inc.

 

Canada

 

 

 

 

43.

Charles River Laboratories Preclinical Services Montreal, Inc.

 

Canada

 

 

 

 

44.

Inveresk Research Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

 

45.

Charles River Laboratories Clinical Services Pty Ltd.

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

46.

Charles River Laboratories Clinical Services Inc.

 

North Carolina

 

 

 

 

47.

Charles River Laboratories Clinical Services International Ltd.

 

United Kingdom

 



 

48.

Charles River Laboratories Clinical Services SARL

 

France

 

 

 

 

49.

Charles River Laboratories Clinical Services S.r.l.

 

Italy

 

 

 

 

50.

Charles River Laboratories Clinical Services Sp. Z.o.o.

 

Poland

 

 

 

 

51.

Charles River Laboratories Clinical Services GmbH

 

Germany

 

 

 

 

52.

Charles River Laboratories Clinical Services SL

 

Spain

 

 

 

 

53.

Charles River Laboratories Clinical Services Sro

 

Czech Republic

 

 

 

 

54.

Charles River Laboratories Clinical Services Israel Ltd

 

Israel

 

 

 

 

55.

Pharma Clinical Research Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

56.

S.a.r.l. Charles River Laboratories Luxembourg

 

Luxembourg

 

 

 

 

57.

Charles River Laboratories-Servicos Clinicos Ltda.

 

Brazil

 


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-92383) and Form S-8 (No. 333-124853, No. 333-119846, No.333-105803, No. 333-61336 and No. 333-47768) of Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. of our report dated March 10, 2006 relating to the financial statements, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated March 10, 2006 relating to the financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, MA
March 10, 2006



Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

AND RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

I, James C. Foster, Chief Executive Officer of Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. (the Company) certify that:

 

1.             I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 of the Company;

 

2.             Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.             The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.             designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and proceeds to be designed under our new supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.             designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.             evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.             disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.             The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.             all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.             any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Dated: March 10, 2006

/s/ James C. Foster

 

James C. Foster
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
Charles River Laboratories International, Inc.

 


Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

AND RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

I, Thomas F. Ackerman, Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. (the Company) certify that:

 

1.             I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 of the Company;

 

2.             Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.             The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.             designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.             designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.             evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.             disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.             The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.             all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.             any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Dated: March 10, 2006

/s/ Thomas F. Ackerman

 

Thomas F. Ackerman
Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Charles River Laboratories International, Inc.

 


Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 of Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. (the “Company”) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, James C. Foster, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, and Thomas F. Ackerman, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, to the best of his knowledge and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

 

(1)           the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); and

 

(2)           the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

Dated: March 10, 2006

/s/ James C. Foster

 

James C. Foster
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
Charles River Laboratories International, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 10, 2006

/s/ Thomas F. Ackerman

 

Thomas F. Ackerman
Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Charles River Laboratories International, Inc.

 

This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for any purpose, nor shall it be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act.